Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
104 views240 pages

9117-15-7154 Addendum 1

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 240

Michael Pacholok Purchasing and Materials Management Division Allison Phillips

Director City Hall, 18th Floor, West Tower Manager


100 Queen Street West Professional Services
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2N2

June 5, 2015 Sent via PDF – 240 pages

ADDENDUM NO. 1
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL NO. 9117-15-7154

PROVISION OF ENGINEERING AND PLC/SCADA PROGRAMMING SERVICES FOR THE


PRELIMINARY DESIGN, DETAILED DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION
SERVICES, AND POST CONSTRUCTION SERVICES FOR REPLACING TWO AMMONIA
AND TWO DECHLORINATION CHEMICAL WOOD STAVE TANKS, INSTALLING A NEW
AMMONIA SCRUBBER SYSTEM, AND IMPLEMENTING A PARTIALLY COMPLETED
DECHLORINATION SYSTEM AT THE R. C. HARRIS WATER TREATMENT PLANT

REVISED CLOSING DATE: JULY 8, 2014, 12:00 NOON (LOCAL TIME)

Please refer to the above Request for Proposal (RFP) document in your possession and be advised of the
following:

ATTACHMENTS

1. Revised Table 7.1 (Revised as per Addendum 1) – Deliverables.

Proponents must complete the attached revised Price Form (Addendum 1) and submit with
their proposal. Failure to submit the revised form will results in your proposal being declared
non-compliant.

2. Revised Table 7.3 (Revised as per Addendum 1) – Table of Provisional Allowance Items – All
Phases.

Proponents must complete the attached revised Price Form (Addendum 1) and submit with
their proposal. Failure to submit the revised form will results in your proposal being declared
non-compliant.

3. Air Dispersion Modelling Report (total of 79 pages)

4. Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at R. C. Harris Water
Treatment Plant Technical Memorandum (total of 152 pages)

REVISIONS

A1-1 The closing date has been extended from June 17, 2015 to Wednesday, July 8, 2015 at
12:00 PM (local Toronto time).

A1-2 The deadline for questions has been extended from June 10, 2015 to Tuesday, June 30,
2015.
A1-3 Section 3.1 Scope of Work Overview, DELETE Item 3.1.1 in its entirety and
REPLACE with the following:

.1 The Consultant shall provide engineering services and PLC/SCADA


programming for the full pre-design, detailed design, construction contract
administration services including site supervision, and post construction services
for replacing two (2) ammonia and two (2) dechlorination wood stave tanks,
installing a new ammonia scrubber system, decommissioning of existing sodium
bisulphite system with tanks, and implementing a partially completed drinking
water dechlorination system at the R. C. Harris WTP. Note that responsibilities
and deliverables described in the PCS guidelines for the System Integrator
are to be included in the Consultants base scope of work since all
PLC/SCADA programming will be done by the Consultant as part of this
assignment.

A1-4 Section 3.1.2 Ammoniation and Dechlorination Storage Tank Replacement, DELETE
Item 3.1.2.c. in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:

.c The plant may consider structural modifications to the roof slab to drop in pre-
fabricated tanks if determined to be a feasible option during design. The
consultant shall investigate the feasibility of this option during the preliminary
design phase of this assignment. In the event that this option is feasible,
provisional allowances are included in Table 7.3 for the Proponent to price for
the complete detailed design effort and services during construction effort
associated implementing this option for all the Ammonia and Dechlorination
Chemical tanks.

A1-5 Section 3.1.2 Ammoniation and Dechlorination Storage Tank Replacement, DELETE
Item 3.1.2.d. in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:

d. Given the plant's experience with chemical fumes in the Ammonia and
Dechlorination chemical storage rooms, review the existing chemical supply
piping, vent piping, and discharge piping contained within the Ammonia and
Dechlorination chemical storage rooms for leakage and make recommendations
for improvement to be implemented as part of the design.

A1-6 Section 3.1.4 Drinking Water Dechlorination System Implementation, DELETE Item
3.1.4.o. in its entirety.

A1-7 Section 3.1.4 Drinking Water Dechlorination System Implementation, DELETE Item
3.1.4.p. in its entirety and REPLACE with the following:

p. To enable the plant to operate all chemical systems in the LOCAL MANUAL
mode, in the event the PLC is not available, the consultant must include in the
design documentation the supply of a Eurotherm NANODAC
Recorder/Controller, Model No. VH-C-X-LRD-XX-TS-WD-XXX-ENG-XXX-
X-XXXX-XX-XX to be installed in the panel of each dechlorination chemical
system. This device is to be configured and wired to display key process
parameters related to the drinking water dechlorination process, which may
include but are not limited to the plant's total treated water flow rate, treated
water reservoir level, before Dechlorination Chemical addition chlorine residual,
after Dechlorination Chemical addition chlorine residual, and other residual

2
analyzer or flow information. Each Dechlorination Chemical System already has
some of this information already hard wired to it.

In addition, loop isolators are to be installed in both of the dechlorination


chemical system panels and the analogue signals from the chemical skid flow
transmitter (FIT) and pressure transmitter (PIT) will be sent to the NANODAC
Recorder/Controller and to the RPU-2022.

A1-8 Section 3.3 Preliminary Design Engineering Services, DELETE Item 3.3.5.f. in its
entirety and REPLACE with the following:

.f A.4.9 – A Subsurface Utility Engineering study is not required.

A1-9 Section 3.5 Services during Construction, DELETE Item 3.5.20 in its entirety and
REPLACE with the following:

.20 New/upgraded/altered equipment training for the plant staff is a joint


responsibility of the Consultant, Contractor, sub-Contractor and vendors.
Training shall also be included for SCADA/PLC programming modifications as
specified in the PCS implementation manual. The Consultant is to ensure that all
training materials that will be provided to plant staff are submitted to the City’s
Project Manager four weeks prior to the scheduled training date for review and
comments. Final training materials must be submitted in hardcopies (20 copies)
and on CD to the City’s Project Manager 2 weeks prior to the training. The
Consultant shall provide Five (5) training sessions focusing on SCADA/PLC
(Remote) Operation and Local/ACP (Manual) Operation of the newly
implemented Dechlorination System. Training sessions will be delivered
between the hours of 7 am and 10 pm. All training is to be completed during the
start-up/testing phase of the project.

A1-10 Section 3.8 Deliverables, DELETE Item 3.8.1. in its entirety and REPLACE with the
following:

.1 The following table summarizes the major project submissions, and provides general
guidelines on the number of versions and quantities. The “number of versions” indicates,
for the same document, the number of draft versions which will be submitted for review
to the City, plus a final version (for example, if 3 versions are specified, this means a
draft, second draft and a final version, assuming noted deficiencies are adequately
addressed). The proponent should note that other deliverables are also required, as
specified within this document.

Submission Number of Number of


Versions Hard
Copies
Pre-design Report (70%, 95%, 100%) 3 6
Designated Substances and Asbestos Survey Report 2 6
Tender Drawings (70%, 95%, 100%) 3 6
Contract Documents and Specifications (70%, 95%, 100%) 3 6
Completed WMS Datapilot Spreadsheet 2 0
Detailed construction cost estimate 2 6
PreStart Health & Safety Report at end of detailed design phase 2 6
Monthly Site Inspection Reports (provided monthly) 1 6
PreStart Health & Safety Report prior to commissioning 2 6
Updated Plant-wide Master Electrical Single Line Diagrams (SLD's), 2 6
3
Master P&ID's, Master SCADA Architecture Drawings
Equipment Calibration and Test Reports 1 6
ETMS Tagging List, WMS List, Physical Tag Lists and Tag 2 6
Inspection Sheet
Equipment and Process Commissioning Reports 1 6
Consultant Process Operations & Maintenance Manual (75%, 90%, 3 6
100%)
SCADA Operation and Maintenance Manual (75%, 90%, 100%) 3 6
As-Built Drawings hard copy and 1 electronic copy on CD 2 6

A1-11 Section 7.3 Base Scope of Work and Provisional Allowances, DELETE Item 7.3.7. in its
entirety and REPLACE with the following:

.7 Provisional allowances have been provided in the cost breakdown Table in


Section 7.3 for the Proponent to price for the engineering effort during Design
and Construction to implement structural modifications and restoration of the
Chemical Storage room roof slabs to drop in pre-fabricated tanks for the
Ammonia and Dechlorination Chemicals.

A1-12 DELETE Table 7.1 - Costing Table and REPLACE with the one attached with this
Addendum.

A1-13 DELETE Table 7.3 – Table of Provisional Allowances and REPLACE with the one
attached with this Addendum.

A1-14 Appendix E – Project Reference Material, ADD the following attached Feasibility Study
for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum (Final) as E.13

A1-15 Appendix E – Project Reference Material, ADD the following attached Air Dispersion
Modelling for Emergency Release of Aqueous Ammonia at R. C.
Harris Water Treatment Plant as E.14

QUESTIONS

A1-Q1 Sections 2.1.7.d and 3.1.2.d discuss the chemical system piping. Please clarify which
piping is to be inspected for leakage.

Answer: Please see Item A1-5 above.

A1-Q2 Section 3.1.2.f indicates that a feasibility study for replacing the existing ammonia
tanks was completed in 2014. Can an electronic copy of this document be provided?

Answer: Please see Item A1-14 above.

A1-Q3 Please confirm if any equipment is to be pre-selected. In 6.3.9.b.ii) under ‘Detailed


Design’, “Pre-selection document and risk assessment” is required. However, 3.4.9.c
indicates that no equipment is to be pre-selected or pre-purchased for this project.
Please clarify.

Answer: Confirmed. No equipment is to be pre-selected or pre-purchased for this project. The list
provided in 6.3.9.b is a sample list. The actual tasks to be presented in the proponent's

4
time task breakdown should reflect the necessary tasks specific to the Proponent's
proposed approach for this assignment.

A1-Q4 Sections 3.5.10 and 3.5.11. Is the effort associated with the half day meeting with
City to review scope of job plan to be included within 40 hours carried or in
addition to?

Answer: The half day meeting is in addition to the 40 hours.

A1-Q5 Please clarify number of training sessions required per topic as well as number to be
held outside of normal working hours. There is conflicting information provided in
3.1.4.o and 3.5.20.

Answer: Please see Items A1-6 and A1-9 above.

A1-Q6 Is it the City’s preference for the one workshop required in 3.4.8 to also cover the
topics identified in 3.4.5 and 3.4.6?

Answer: No. The topics identified in 3.4.5 and 3.4.6 can be covered in design review meetings or
as part of regularly scheduled progress meetings.

A1-Q7 Section 3.8, Deliverables Summary Table: Please confirm number of detailed design
packages. Under ‘Tender Drawings’ there are 4 versions required. Under ‘Contract
Documents and Specifications’, there are 3 versions required.

Answer: Please see Item A1-10 above.

A1-Q8 Section 3.8: Is a 50% detailed design package required?

Answer: The items described in the appendices for the 50% detailed design should be completed,
however, the first package submitted for review and comment to the City will be at 70%
detailed design.

A1-Q9 We request a copy of the Report referenced on Page 11 of the RFP Scope of Work,
Paragraph 3.1.2.f entitled Feasibility Study.

Answer: Please see Item A1-14 above.

A1-Q10 We request a copy of the Air Dispersion Modelling Report referenced on Page 12,
Scope of Work Para 3.3.h.

Answer: Please see Item A1-15 above.

A1-Q11 Reference Page 19, Section 3.4.8. Does the City require one workshop for all tasks
referenced, or one workshop for each task reference?

Answer: One workshop for all tasks referenced.

A1-Q12 As the City’s Project Manager mentioned during the voluntary site visit, there is
another City of Toronto Wastewater RFP that will be closing soon. Several of our
resources are heavily involved with that proposal. In addition, multiple people in the
water industry will be away attending the annual AWWA Water Conference in
California from June 7 – 11, 2015. As such, can the City please consider extending
the questions and closing deadline by at least two weeks?
5
Answer: Please see Items A1-1 and A1-2 above.

A1-Q13 The RFP states in Section 6 that the Project Manager must have at least 10 years of
experience in municipal water/ wastewater engineering including projects involving
automated chemical systems. Provided that the RFP also calls for an experiences
Design Lead with 8 years of experience and an experienced Process Controls
Engineer/ Specialist with 10 years of experience, can the City please consider
reducing the Project Manager’s experience to 6 years?

Answer: Proceed as per RFP requirements. No change.

A1-Q14 Due to current workload, we are requesting a 2 week extension to the proposal
deadline.

Answer: Please see Items A1-1 and A1-2bove.

A1-Q15 Item 3.1.2.f (page 11) references a feasibility study for replacing the existing
aqueous ammonia tanks that was completed in 2014. Would it be possible to provide
a copy of this study at this time?

Answer: Please see Item A1-14 above.

A1-Q16 There appears to be a conflict between the number of training sessions required.
Item 3.1.4.o (Page 13) says “4 process and 4 SCADA training sessions,” while
Item3.5.20 (Page 21) says “5 training sessions are to be provided for each training
topic…” and Item 3.5.21 (Page 22) says “minimum of 5 sessions of each type with a
breakdown between O&M training and process training.” Can you please confirm
the number of sessions required?

Answer: Please see Items A1-6 and A1-9 above.

A1-Q17 Item 3.1.4.n (page 13) identifies workshop(s) to identify and incorporate alarms
priority…. Can the City please confirm the number of workshops that will be
required?

Answer: One workshop as per 3.4.8.

A1-Q18 Item 3.3.5.f (page 18). Please confirm that as per item b, a sub-surface utility
engineering study is not required.

Answer: Please see Item A1-8 above.

A1-Q19 Item 3.1.2.c (page 11). The RFP identifies that the City may consider structural
modifications to the roof slab to drop in pre-fabricated tanks if determined to be a
feasible option during design. Any major modifications to the roof slab will require
a significant amount of time to complete the structural engineering design and
detailed drawings and specifications. Can the City please confirm if this effort is to
be included in the base proposal price?

Answer: Please see Items A1-4 and A1-11 above.

A1-Q20 Section 3.1.2.f of the RFP states the successful proponent will receive a copy of the
2014 Feasibility Study Report. Would the City release a copy of that now, instead, to

6
assist firms in understanding the alternatives that have been recommended for
replacing the existing aqueous ammonia tanks?

Answer: Please see Item A1-14 above.

A1-Q21 Given the many concurrent RFPs the City has issued over the past month, would it
consider extending the submission deadline to July 8, 2015 and extending the
questions deadline to June 19, 2015?

Answer: Please see Items A1-1 and A1-2 above.

Should you have any questions regarding this addendum contact Patricia Vasquez, Senior Corporate
Buyer at (416) 392-6808 or by email at pvasque@toronto.ca.

Please attach this addendum to your RFP document and be governed accordingly. Proponents must
acknowledge receipt of all addenda in their Proposal in the space provided on the Proposal Submission
Form as per Appendix B, Section 4 – Addenda of the RFP document. All other aspects of the RFP
remain the same.

Yours truly,

Allison Phillips
Manager
Professional Services

7
RFP 9117-15-7154

Table 7.1 (Revised as per Addendum No. 1)

Provision of Engineering and PLC/SCADA Programming Services for the Preliminary


Design, Detailed Design, Construction Administration Services, and Post Construction
Services for replacing Two Ammonia and Two Dechlorination Chemical Wood Stave
Tanks, Installing a new Ammonia Scrubber System, and Implementing a Partially
Completed Dechlorination System at the R. C. Harris Water Treatment Plant

Deliverables Cost ($)


Audit Reports per Agreement Clause 3(6) $

Preliminary Design
- Preliminary Design Labour $
- Preliminary Design Disbursements $

Detailed Design
- Detailed Design Labour $
- Detailed Design Disbursements $

PLC/SCADA Programming
- PLC/SCADA Programming Labour $
- PLC/SCADA Programming Disbursements $

Sub-total (A)
Services During Construction
- All Engineering and Office Services Labour Inclusive of Resident Site
$
Inspection Services
- Engineering / Office Services Labour Disbursements $
- Schedule of Provisional Weekly Rate Allowance (Value Carried from the
Schedule of Provisional Weekly Rate Allowance – Construction Subtotal $
in Table 7.2)
Sub-total (B) $
Post Construction Services
- Post-Construction Labour $
- Post-Construction Disbursements $
Sub-total (C) $
Provisional Items
- Provisional Allowances Transferred from Table 7.3 $
Sub-total (D) $
TOTAL (A+B+C+D) $
13% HST $
TOTAL UPSET LIMIT PRICE (HST INCLUDED) $
RFP 9117-15-7154

Table 7.3 (Revised as per Addendum No. 1)


Table of Provisional Allowance Items – All Phases

Amount (net
Item Description
HST)
Schedule of Allowance Items - Design

1. Health & Safety equipment $2,000.00


Completion of DSL Reports, Monitoring of asbestos
2. $2,000.00
abatement activities and reporting
All Detailed Design (including tendering) Effort required to
Implement Structural Modifications and Restoration of the
3. Chemical Storage Room Roof Slabs to Drop in Pre- $___________
Fabricated Tanks for the Ammonia and Dechlorination
Chemicals
Subtotal – Design $___________
Schedule of Allowance Items – Construction

Preparation of asbestos abatement specifications,


4.
monitoring and clearance by an asbestos consultant during $1,000.00
construction
All Engineering Effort required during Construction to
Implement Structural Modifications and Restoration of the
5. Chemical Storage Room Roof Slabs to Drop in Pre- $___________
Fabricated Tanks for the Ammonia and Dechlorination
Chemicals
Subtotal – Construction $___________

(Transfer Total to Table 7.1) Total $___________


Air Dispersion Modelling for Emergency
Release of Aqueous Ammonia at R. C.
Harris Water Treatment Plant

Prepared for:
City of Toronto
55 John St Station 1180
18th Floor, Metro Hall
Toronto Ontario M5V 3C6

Prepared by:

February 2009
Executive Summary

The City of Toronto proposed to relocate existing hydrofluosilic acid (H2SiF6) and aqueous
ammonia (NH4OH) dosing systems to separate, newly constructed storage rooms in the
Residue Management Facility (RMF) at the R. C. Harris Water Treatment Plant (WTP) located
on Lake Ontario at the foot of Victoria Park Avenue in the community area of Scarborough.
CH2M HILL was retained by the City of Toronto (the City) to conduct air dispersion modelling
to predict the impacts of aqueous ammonia emergency spill inside the WTP ammonia storage
room on the surrounding residential areas.
Ammonia emergency emission rates were estimated using a method provided in the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), Chemical Emergency Preparedness and
Prevention Office (CEPP) publication document “Risk Management Program Guidance for
Offsite Consequence Analysis, EPA 550-B-99-009, April 1999”.
The maximum duration of ammonia release was assumed to be 6 hours, and each hour had
decreasing emission rates. 24 Scenarios were selected to capture spills that might occur at any
time of the day. For each scenario, the calculated hourly release rates for each of the six hours
and zero (0) release for the rest of the day were used in the modelling.
The MOE 1996 - 2000 five-year meteorological data sets for Central Toronto area were used in
the modelling. Multi-tier grid receptors were selected following the MOE guideline. In
addition, eighteen sensitive residential receptors in the vicinity of the WTP were identified.
The results of AERMOD using the worst-case emission rates are summarized in Table E-1:
Emission Summary. The results indicated that the maximum 24-hr POI concentrations at the
property line and beyond under different ammonia release scenarios ranged from 175 μg/m3 to
820 μg/m3, which exceeded the O. Reg. 419/05 Schedule 3 standard of 100 μg/m3 for ammonia.
As such, additional mitigation measures for ammonia emergency release are required to bring
the WTP into compliance with the MOE guideline. An emergency ammonia scrubber is
recommended to be added as part of the relocation project.
Table E-1 R.C. Harris Water Treatment Plant Ammonia Emergency Emission Summary

Total Facility Air Percent


Maximum POI Average MOE POI Limiting Regulation
Contaminant CAS# Emission Rate Dispersion of POI
Concentration Period Limit Effect Schedule #
Model Used Limit

Hour after
Spill (g/s) (μg/m3) (hours) (μg/m3) (%)
st
1 33.1
nd
2 32.4
rd
Ammonia 7664-41-7 3 31.7 AERMOD 820 24 100 Health Schedule 3 820%
th
4 30.9
th
5 30.4
th
6 29.8

I
Table of Contents
Executive Summary and Emission Summary Table

1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 1
2 Project Description ......................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Ammoniation System................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Existing Ammoniation System ............................................................ 3
2.1.2 Aqua Ammonia Properties................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Aqua Ammonia Receiving and Storage ............................................. 4
2.1.4 Spill Containment .................................................................................. 5
2.1.5 Ammonia Gas Detector......................................................................... 5
2.1.6 Ventilation System................................................................................. 5
2.2 Operating Schedule .................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Site Plan........................................................................................................................ 6
3 Ammonia Emission Rate Estimate............................................................................... 7
3.1 Air Moving Speed inside the Chemical Room No. 3:............................................ 7
3.2 Maximum 10-minutes Average Release Rate ......................................................... 8
3.3 Hourly Average Release Rate for First 6 Hours after Spill ................................... 9
4 Air Dispersion Modelling ........................................................................................... 10
4.1 Modelling Setting Information ............................................................................... 10
4.1.1 Coordinate System:.............................................................................. 10
4.1.2 Source: ................................................................................................... 10
4.1.3 Buildings: .............................................................................................. 12
4.1.4 Meteorological Data: ........................................................................... 12
4.1.5 Terrain: .................................................................................................. 12
4.1.6 Receptor Grids:..................................................................................... 12
4.1.7 Sensitive Receptors .............................................................................. 13
4.1.8 Averaging Period:................................................................................ 13
4.1.9 Release Scenarios ................................................................................. 13
4.2 Air Dispersion Modelling Input and Output Files .............................................. 14
4.3 Elimination of Meteorological Anomalies ............................................................ 14
5 Impact at Sensitive Receptors..................................................................................... 17
5.1 Applicable Standard................................................................................................. 17
5.2 Predicted Maximum Concentrations at Sensitive Receptors.............................. 17
6 Conclusions and Recommendations ......................................................................... 19
6.1 Overall Emission Summary..................................................................................... 19
6.2 Conclusions and Recommendations...................................................................... 19

I
Tables
Table 2-1 Physical and Chemical Properties of 28 percent Aqua Ammonia Solution
Table 2-2 Summary of Aqua Ammonia Flow Rate and On-site Storage Days
Table 2-3 Ventilation Flow Rate through the Chimney Exhaust
Table 3-1 10-Minute Average and Hourly Average Release Rate Summary
Table 4-1 Source Summary Table
Table 4-2 Sensitive Receptor summary
Table 4-3 Emergency Release Scenarios Summary
Table 4-4 AERMOD Predicted Result Summary
Table 5-1 Sensitive Receptor Emission Summary
Table 6-1 Overall Emission Summary Table

II
Figures
Figure 1 R. C. Harris WTP Site Location Plan
Figure 2 Aero-photo of the WTP On-Site Buildings and Surrounding Residential
Dwellings
Figure 3 R. C. Harris WTP Site Plan
Figure 4 Chemical Rooms Layouts
Figure 5 Chemical Room North-South Section
Figure 6 3-Dimensional View of the Site and Building Layouts
Figure 7 Station #61587, Toronto, Wind Rose (1996-2000)
Figure 8 Terrain Contours Surrounding the Site
Figure 9 Multi-Tiers Receptor Grid
Figure 10-1 Maximum 24-hr Ammonia Concentration Contour
Figure 10-2 Maximum 24-hr Ammonia Concentration Contour – Zoom In
Figure 11 Station #61587, Toronto, Wind Rose (May 10, 1996)

III
Appendix
Appendix A Calculation of Ammonia Release Rate
Appendix B Ammonia Solution MSDS
Appendix C Coordinates Conversion
Appendix D Electronic Files of AERMOD

IV
1 Introduction

CH2M
H2M HILL was retained by the City of Toronto (the City) to conduct air dispersion modelling
to predict the impact of emergency internal spill of aqueous ammonia at the R. C. Harris Water
Treatment Plant (WTP) on the surrounding residential areas.
The R. C. Harris Water Treatment Plant is one of the four water treatment plants operated by
the Water Treatment & Supply section of Toronto Water. The WTP is a conventional treatment
facility located on Lake Ontario at the foot of Victoria Park Avenue in the community area of
Scarborough. The location of the WTP is presented in Figure 1 – Site Location Plan. The adjacent
areas to the east, north and west of the WTP are developed residential apartment buildings and
houses. Figure 2 shows an aero-photo of the onsite buildings and surrounding residential
dwellings.

FIGURE 1
R. C. Harris WTP Site Location Plan

R.C. Harris WTP

1
FIGURE 2
Aero-photo of the WTP On-Site Buildings and Surrounding Residential Dwellings

R1

R4
R5 R3

R6 R2
R7

R8
R16

R17

R9

R10
Stack 1 –
Exhaust Chimney
R15

R14

R13

R12

R18

R11
2
2 Project Description

The WTP proposed to relocate existing hydrofluosilic acid (H2SiF6) and aqueous ammonia
(NH4OH) dosing systems to separate newly constructed storage rooms in the Residue
Management Facility (RMF) and to implement a new sodium bisulphite (SBS) dosing system.
The purpose of this study is to identify the potential impacts of an aqueous ammonia spill in the
ammonia storage room to the surrounding community.

2.1 Ammoniation System


2.1.1 Existing Ammoniation System
The existing ammoniation system applies aqua ammonia to the plant treated water at the
reservoir outlet downstream the SBS application point. After chloramination, process water
flows into the treated water distribution conduit and is then pumped into the distribution
system.
Currently the existing ammoniation system consists of the following main components:

• Four 8,500 L storage tanks;


• Three metering pumps capable of providing appropriate dosage; one duty and two standby.
Two standby pumps are being proposed to mitigate ongoing operational issues with one of
the existing skids, provide additional redundancy for the application of a critical chemical
and to provide continuous backup capability during the transition period from the existing
chemical storage location to the new location.
• Various accessories.
Under this contract, the four existing storage tanks will be decommissioned, and the two
existing metering pumps and associated electrical and instrumentation and control equipment
will be relocated to Chemical Room 3. The relocated metering pumps will be connected to the
two existing aqua ammonia storage tanks in Chemical Room 3.

2.1.2 Aqua Ammonia Properties


TABLE 2-1
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF 28 PERCENT AQUA AMMONIA SOLUTION
Properties Values

pH 12

Specific Gravity 0.90 at 16 °C

Freezing Point -71.5 °C

Boiling Point 30.5 °C

3
2.1.3 Aqua Ammonia Receiving and Storage
Two wood stave tanks with PVC liner have been installed in Chemical Room 3 for bulk storage
of aqua ammonia. Each tank has a height and diameter of 2.9 m and 3.9 m, respectively. Each
tank has a net volume of 28,000 L to the invert elevation of the tank overflow pipe, and can
provide 24,600 L available operating capacity.
Each storage tank is currently equipped with:

• A fill pipe, with a motorized valve and local control panel;


• An access hatch;
• An overflow line located about 0.3 m above the design maximum liquid level;
• A sight gauge for visual confirmation;
• A discharge line;
• One vent line and a vapour recovery line.
A recirculation line, connecting to the fill line will be added.
Aqua ammonia is added to the treated water stream after the dechlorination process based on
an ammonia to chlorine weight ratio. Typically, this ratio has been 1:3 (ammonia to chlorine)
but will be an operator adjustable variable. The aqua ammonia dosing flow rate and the average
on-site storage days are calculated and summarized in Table 2-2.
TABLE 2-2
SUMMARY OF AQUA AMMONIA FLOW RATE AND ON-SITE STORAGE DAYS
Flow rate Values
Total Treated Water Flow rate
Maximum 1000.0 ML/D
Average 518.4 ML/D
Minimum 345.6 ML/D
Aqua Ammonia Dosage
Maximum 0.50mg/L
Average 0.33 mg/L
Minimum 0.00 mg/L
Aqua Ammonia Characteristics
Effective Ammonia Concentration 28 percent
Ammonia Specific Gravity: 0.90
Aqua Ammonia Dosing Flow rate
Maximum 1.38 L/min (0.36 US GPM)
Average 0.47 L/min (0.12 US GPM)
Minimum 0.31 L/min (0.08 US GPM)
Storage Days
Average Daily Aqua Ammonia Usage 679 L
Average One Tank Storage Days 36 Days
Average Two Tanks Storage Days 72 Days

4
2.1.4 Spill Containment
Chemical Room No. 3 is recessed to provide containment for any potential spills. The net spill
containment area is approximately 97 m2 surrounding the tank area. The liquid level in the
containment area corresponding to 110 percent of the volume of the largest storage tank placed
in the room is approximately 0.35 m above the finished floor (El. 84.30 m). A sump is located in
the south east corner of this room to accommodate a portable pump. A spill containment
suction pipe is installed over the sump and runs to the fill hatch. The containment sump is
monitored with a high level switch connected to the new RPU and the Central Backup Control
Panel alarm annunciator. When there is spill, the level switch will trigger an alarm in SCADA, a
vacuum truck will be called in to suck the spilled chemical out through the suction pipe.

2.1.5 Ammonia Gas Detector


Chemical Room No. 3 is equipped with an existing ammonia gas detector. The system was set
to the Immediate Danger to Life & Health (IDLH) value of 300 ppm. Once the ammonia
concentration in the room reaches the set point (300 ppm), an alarm is annunciated at SCADA
and also visually and audibly at local Control Panel. Upon gas leakage, the exhaust fan is
commanded (via hardwired connection) to run at “high” speed or a flow rate of 2.356 m3/s.

2.1.6 Ventilation System


During normal operation, an exhaust fan runs at a “low” speed or a flow rate of 1.420 m3/s,
which exchanges air in Chemical Room No. 3 with outdoor at a rate of 8.1 changes per hour. In
the event of gas leakage and spill, the exhaust fan works at a “high” speed or a flow rate of
2.356 m3/s, which results in an increased air change rate to 13.5 times per hour for the same
room.
The exhaust fan blows air inside Chemical Room No. 3 to the atmosphere through a rectangular
chimney with exit dimensions of 0.6 meters by 1.4 meters, extending 32.4 meters above grade.
This exhaust chimney is located on the roof of the service building attached to the Alum Tower
on the west. The exhaust air from the other four Chemical Rooms (No. 1, 2, 4, & 5) is ducted to
the same chimney as well. The total exhaust flow through the chimney is the sum of all the
exhaust flows from Chemical Rooms No. 1 to 5. The flow rates of the exhaust air from each
room are summarized below:
TABLE 2-3
VENTILATION FLOW RATE THROUGH THE CHIMNEY EXHAUST
Room Description Flow Rate

Chemical Room No. 1 0.31 m3/s

Chemical Room No. 2 0.71 m3/s

Chemical Room No. 4 0.36 m3/s


3
Chemical Room No. 5 0.31 m /s
3
Chemical Room No. 3 (Aqua Ammonia Room) 1.42 m /s (normal),

2.356 m3/s (emergency)


3
Total Exhaust Flow through the Chimney 3.11 m /s (normal),

4.046 m3/s (emergency)

5
2.2 Operating Schedule
The WTP operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 52 weeks a year. The ammoniation system
operates continuously.

2.3 Site Plan


Figure 3 – R.C. Harris Water Treatment Plant Site Plan shows the existing site arrangement and
building layout in the WTP. Structures and buildings include the existing Filtration and
Administration Building, Service Building and Pumping Station. The new Residue Management
Facility (RMF) is located underground between the Administration Building and the Service
Building. The Chemical Rooms No. 1 to 5 are located under ground at the elevation of 85
meters in the RMF.

6
3 Ammonia Emission Rate Estimate

The United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), Chemical Emergency
Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPP) publication document “Risk Management Program
Guidance for Offsite Consequence Analysis, EPA 550-B-99-009, April 1999) (the Guidance) was
followed in the ammonia emission rate estimate during emergency spill.
Section 3.3 of the Guidance provides a method to estimate the release rates for common water
solutions of toxic substances inside buildings.
The vapor pressure and evaporation rate of a substance in solution depends on this
concentration in the solution. If a concentrated water solution containing a volatile toxic
substance is spilled, the toxic substance initially will evaporate more quickly than water from
the spilled solution, and the vapor pressure and evaporation rate will decrease as the
concentration of the toxic substance in the solution decreases.
The estimated ammonia emission rate in this section was based on the worst-case release, i.e.
spill inside the Chemical Room No. 3. According to the project design described in Section 2.1,
the containment area is approximately 97 m2 and the available operating capacity of each tank is
24,600 L (24.6 m3). When a spill occurs, approximate 0.97 m3 of spilled ammonia or 4% of the
one tank’s operating capacity can cover the entire containment with 1 cm in depth. The City has
advised CH2M HILL that a spill may take as long as 6 hours to clean-up depending on when
the spill occurs in a day and how fast the off-site vacuum truck responses. Emission rates for a
continuous 6 hours after the entire containment is covered by spilled ammonia were estimated.
This conservatively yielded the highest ammonia release rate of any spill or leakage that may
occur in the room.

3.1 Air Moving Speed inside the Chemical Room No. 3


Figure 4 – Layout and Ventilation System of Chemical Rooms shows the location, size and flow
rate of the air intakes and exhausts in Chemical Rooms No. 1 to 5 and Figure 5 shows the north-
south section of the Chemical Rooms. The air exchange flow inside Chemical Room No. 3 is
from south to north. During an emergency spill, the exhaust fan will blow the room air into the
common exhaust chimney at a flow rate of 2.356 m3/s via two exhaust grills (total opening area:
1.08 m2) through north wall of Chemical Room No. 3.
During emergency release, the average air velocity inside the Chemical Room No. 3 over the
containment area was estimated to be approximately 0.074 m/s assuming doors were closed. A
rounded-up value of 0.1 m/s was used in emission estimates which equaled to the default air
velocity value (0.1 m/s) for indoor environment in the Guidance. Detailed calculations are
provided in Appendix A.

7
3.2 Maximum 10-minutes Average Release Rate
The maximum 10-minute average evaporation rate of aqueous ammonia at certain
concentration was calculation using equation 3-10 in the Guidance:

QRB = 0.1 × QR (Equation 3-10 of the Guidance)

Where: QRB = Release rate from building (lb/min)


QR = Worst-case Release Rate from the liquid pool (lb/min)
0.1 = Mitigation factor, equal to (indoor wind speed/worst-case weed speed)0.78

QR = U 0.78 × LFA × A (Equation D-1 of the Guidance)

Where: U = worst-case wind speed, equal to 1.5 m/s.


A = Surface area of liquid pool (ft2)
LFA = Liquid Factor (given in Exhibit B-1 in Appendix B of Guidance), and

0.284 × MW 2 / 3 × VP
LFA = (Equation D-2 of the Guidance)
82.05 × T
Where:
MW = Molecular weight (MWNH3 = 17.01)
VP = Vapour Pressure at released temperature T (mm Hg)
T = Temperature of released substance (278 K)
The aqueous ammonia used at the WTP has a concentration range of 20% - 31.5% based on the
MSDS provided by the supplier (attached in Appendix B). An ammonia concentration of 30% is
used in this study.
An average release rate was calculated for every 10 minutes after the spill using the above
method. The steps are described below:
1) Calculate the 1st 10-min average release rate based on 30% ammonia solution. After the
first 10 minutes, ammonia concentration was reduced to a lower level (X1%) due to the
evaporation.
2) Calculate the 2nd 10-min average release rate based on X1% ammonia solution. After the
second 10 minutes, ammonia concentration was reduced to an even lower level (X2%)
due to the evaporation.
This process is repeated to cover a 6 hour period.
Detailed calculations are provided in Appendix A.

8
3.3 Hourly Average Release Rate for First 6 Hours after Spill
The hourly average release rate was estimated by adding the six 10-minutes total emissions
(g/hr) and dividing it by 3600 (second/hr).
The summary of the calculated ammonia release rate for the first 6 hours after spill is provided
in Table 3-1.

TABLE 3-1
10-MINUTE AVERAGE AND HOURLY AVERAGE RELEASE RATE SUMMARY
Hours After Spill
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
st
1 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.42 4.32 4.24 4.12 4.06 3.98
nd
2 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.39 4.31 4.23 4.11 4.04 3.96
3rd 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.38 4.30 4.22 4.10 4.03 3.95
th
4 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.37 4.28 4.19 4.08 4.02 3.94
5th 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.36 4.27 4.16 4.07 4.00 3.92
th
6 10-min average release rate (lb/min) 4.34 4.26 4.14 4.06 3.99 3.91
Total emissions (lb/hr) 262 257 252 245 241 237

Total Emission (kg/hr) 119 117 114 111 109 107


Hourly Emission Rate (g/s) 33.1 32.4 31.7 30.9 30.4 29.8

9
4 Air Dispersion Modelling

Air dispersion modelling was conducted in accordance with the Ministry publication “Air
Dispersion Modelling Guideline for Ontario” PIBS 5165e (The ADMGO).
The US EPA AERMOD v 07026 System was used to predict the maximum off-property Point of
Impingement (POI) concentrations.
AERMOD was specially designed to support the US EPA’s regulatory modelling programs. It is
the next-generation air dispersion model that incorporates concepts such as planetary layer
theory and advanced method for handling complex terrain. AERMOD requires two types of
meteorological data files, a file containing hourly surface scalar parameters and a file containing
vertical profiles. The model uses real hourly meteorological data to account for the atmospheric
condition that affect the distribution of air pollution impacts on the modelling area.

4.1 Modelling Setting Information


4.1.1 Coordinate System:
The local coordinate system used in Figure 3 was rotated 25.5 degrees counter clockwise to
align the Y axis coordinate toward true north. The UTM (NAD 1983) coordinate system is
presented in Table C – Conversion of the Local Coordinate to NAD 1983 UTM Coordinate for
AERMOD in Appendix C.

4.1.2 Source:
The rectangular chimney, through which the exhaust fans blow the air in the underground
chemical rooms into the atmosphere, was treated as a point source (Stack 1) with the emission
and source parameters listed in Table 4.1 – Source Summary Table. The chimney has an
equivalent exit diameter of 1.0 meters and extends 22.3 meters above the Service building and
32.4 meters above grade. The total exhaust flow rate during the ammonia spill is 4.046 cubic
meters per second.

10
TABLE 4-1
SOURCE SUMMARY TABLE
SOURCE DATA EMISSION DATA
Data Estimation
Stack Gas Contaminant CAS # Variable Emission Rate Percentage
Source Stack Stack Height Stack Height Exhaust Quality Technique
of Overall
ID Flow Velocity Temperature Diameter* Above Grade Above Roof Outlet Hour Emissions
Rate Coordinate after Spill
(m3/s) (m/s) 0
C (m) (m) (m) (UTM) (g/s)

1st hour 33.1


2nd hour 32.4
Stack-1 4.05 5.15 Ambient 1.0 32.38 22.25 (678739, Ammonia 7664-41-7 3rd hour 31.7 Above EC 100.00%
4836932) 4th hour 30.9 Average
5th hour 30.4
6th hour 29.8
Notes:
* The equivalent diameter of a rectangular chimney outlet.
EC: Engineering Calculations

11
4.1.3 Buildings:
The existing buildings at the WTP, i.e. Filtration and Administration Building, Service Building,
and Pumping Station, were included in the modelling as the stacks are within the GEP 5L Area
of Influence of the buildings. The UTM coordinates of the corners of the buildings and the
heights are presented in Table 3 – Local and UTM Coordinates of Sources, Buildings and
Property Line.
A three-dimensional view of the site including the buildings mentioned above and sources are
shown in Figure 6.

4.1.4 Meteorological Data:


The Ministry’s Ontario Regional Meteorological Data (PIBS 5081 e01) were used for the
modelling. Since more than 50% of the area within a 3 km radius around the facility source is
accounted for by land use categories ranging from multi-family dwelling to commercial and
industrial use, the site location is classified as urban. The five years (1996 – 2000) surface and
upper air data for the Central Region - Toronto, York-Durham, Halton-Peel was selected and
used in the modelling.
Figure 7 shows the five-year (1996 – 2000) wind rose in Toronto Area.

4.1.5 Terrain:
Ontario Digital Elevation Model Data (Tiles #087 & #92) were downloaded from the MOE
website and initially used to run AERMAP. However the output elevations were more than 30
meters lower than the elevation shown in Figure 3 – Site Plan. To verify the elevation, elevations
were obtained from Google Earth and they agreed with elevations shown in Figure 3. As such,
the 90 m Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM3) Data from WebGIS were used in the
modelling. Two files (N43W079.hgt and N43W080.hgt) that cover the modelling domain area
were downloaded from Web GIS (www.webgis.com).
The downloaded digital terrain files were processed by AERMAP processor and elevation of
buildings, receptors and the stack were imported from the terrain file or the output file of
AERMAP. Figure 8 shows the terrain contours surrounding the site. Electronic files are
provided in attached CD.

4.1.6 Receptor Grids:


As Stack 1 exhausts ammonia at ambient temperature, the maximum ammonia concentrations
were not expected to occur beyond 1000 meters from the Stack. The following receptor grids
were selected:

• 10 m spacing was used along the property line


• 20 m spacing was used within 200 meters from Stack 1;
• 50 m spacing was used from 200 m to 500 m from Stack 1;
• 100 m spacing was used from 500 m to 1000 m from Stack 1.
Figure 9 shows the property line, buildings, and the receptor grids.

12
4.1.7 Sensitive Receptors
As the WTP is surrounding by residential dwellings, the windows/balcony at the top level of
eighteen (18) residential dwellings were identified as sensitive receptors and are summarized in
Table 4-2. Locations of sensitive receptors are also illustrated in Figure 2 and Figure 8.
TABLE 4-2
SENSITIVE RECEPTOR SUMMARY
Height
UTM UTM
POI above
Description Easting Northing Elevation
ID Grade
(m) (m) (m)
(m)
R1 7-storey apartment building to the NE 638773 4837248 107.9 18
R2 4-storey apartment building to the east 638846 4837148 99.0 12
R3 4-storey apartment building to the east 638836 4837176 102.2 12
R4 4-storey apartment building to the east 638824 4837210 105.0 12
R5 5-storey apartment building to the north 638731 4837208 108.2 15
R6 5-storey apartment building to the north 638673 4837178 106.3 15
R7 5-storey apartment building to the north 638645 4837164 104.9 15
R8 5-storey apartment building to the north 638614 4837150 102.4 4.5
R9 2-storey house to the west 638557 4837045 93.6 4.5
R10 2-storey house to the west 638567 4837008 92.7 4.5
R11 4-storey apartment building to the SW 638624 4836814 79.3 12
R12 2-storey house to the west 638603 4836884 85.5 4.5
R13 2-storey house to the west 638606 4836901 86.0 4.5
R14 2-storey house to the west 638585 4836947 86.0 4.5
R15 2-storey house to the west 638577 4836975 89.7 4.5
R16 5-storey apartment building to the NW 638580 4837140 100.0 15
R17 5-storey apartment building to the NW 638543 4837119 97.3 15
R18 4-storey apartment building to the west 638609 4836852 84.4 12

4.1.8 Averaging Period:


As O. Reg. 419 Schedule 3 standard for ammonia is a 24-hour average concentration limit based
on health effects, the predicted modelling results will be 24-hour average concentrations in
order to compare to the applicable Schedule 3 standard.
As discussed in Section 3.3, the maximum duration of ammonia release is expected to be
approximately 6 hours, and each hour has decreasing emission rates. Calculated hourly release
rates for each of the six hours and zero (0) release for the rest of the day were used in the
modelling.

4.1.9 Release Scenarios


Since the spill may occur at anytime of a day and atmospheric condition during a day varies,
twenty-four (24) release scenarios were modeled to capture potential spill impacts at different
times of a day on the sensitive receptors due to different meteorological condition during a day.
The modelled scenarios are summarized in Table 4-3.

13
TABLE 4-3
EMERGENCY RELEASE SCENARIOS SUMMARY
Scenario ID Description Maximum Duration of Spill
Scenario 1 Spill occurred at 1:00 1:00 - 7:00
Scenario 2 Spill occurred at 2:00 2:00 - 8:00
Scenario 3 Spill occurred at 3:00 3:00 - 9:00
Scenario 4 Spill occurred at 4:00 4:00 - 10:00
Scenario 5 Spill occurred at 5:00 5:00 - 11:00
Scenario 6 Spill occurred at 6:00 6:00 - 12:00
Scenario 7 Spill occurred at 7:00 7:00 - 13:00
Scenario 8 Spill occurred at 8:00 8:00 - 14:00
Scenario 9 Spill occurred at 9:00 9:00 - 15:00
Scenario 10 Spill occurred at 10:00 10:00 - 16:00
Scenario 11 Spill occurred at 11:00 11:00 - 17:00
Scenario 12 Spill occurred at 12:00 12:00 - 18:00
Scenario 13 Spill occurred at 13:00 13:00 - 19:00
Scenario 14 Spill occurred at 14:00 14:00 - 20:00
Scenario 15 Spill occurred at 15:00 15:00 - 21:00
Scenario 16 Spill occurred at 16:00 16:00 - 22:00
Scenario 17 Spill occurred at 17:00 17:00 - 23:00
Scenario 18 Spill occurred at 18:00 18:00 - 24:00
Scenario 19 Spill occurred at 19:00 19:00 - 1:00 (next day)
Scenario 20 Spill occurred at 20:00 20:00 - 2:00 (next day)
Scenario 21 Spill occurred at 21:00 21:00 - 3:00 (next day)
Scenario 22 Spill occurred at 22:00 22:00 - 4:00 (next day)
Scenario 23 Spill occurred at 23:00 23:00 - 5:00 (next day)
Scenario 24 Spill occurred at 24:00 24:00 - 6:00 (next day)

4.2 Air Dispersion Modelling Input and Output Files


Modelling Input Files
The electronic AERMOD input files (. INP) are provided in a CD in Appendix D.

Modelling Output Files


The electronic AERMOD output files (.ADO) are also provided in the CD in Appendix D.

4.3 Elimination of Meteorological Anomalies


As described early, the model estimated a full range of hourly meteorological data over 5 years
(1996 to 2000) to account for the atmospheric conditions (e.g. atmospheric turbulence, wind
speed, wind direction, etc.) that affect the distribution of air pollution impacts, and found the
maximum 24-hour average concentrations over the five year period.

14
However, certain extreme, rare and transient meteorological conditions may be present in the
meteorological database that may be considered outliers. As such, Section 6.6 of the ADMGO
Document was followed to eliminate meteorological anomalies. The maximum 24-hour average
predicted concentrations in each single meteorological year were discarded for each release
scenario and then the highest remaining concentration was used for the compliance assessment.
However, to be conservative, both the predicted maximum and the above described highest 24-
hour average concentrations for each scenario are extracted from the AERMOD output files and
summarized in Table 4-4.
TABLE 4-4
AERMOD PREDICTED RESULT SUMMARY
Maximum 24-hr Average O. Reg. 419 Highest 24-hr Average
Concentration Concentration
3
Scenario ID Release Duration (μg/m ) (μg/m3)
Scenario 1 1:00 - 7:00 1079 820
Scenario 2 2:00 - 8:00 939 727
Scenario 3 3:00 - 9:00 760 672
Scenario 4 4:00 - 10:00 818 618
Scenario 5 5:00 - 11:00 673 498
Scenario 6 6:00 - 12:00 692 449
Scenario 7 7:00 - 13:00 521 356
Scenario 8 8:00 - 14:00 431 308
Scenario 9 9:00 - 15:00 299 229
Scenario 10 10:00 - 16:00 207 175
Scenario 11 11:00 - 17:00 225 176
Scenario 12 12:00 - 18:00 255 227
Scenario 13 13:00 - 19:00 339 315
Scenario 14 14:00 - 20:00 398 398
Scenario 15 15:00 - 21:00 608 426
Scenario 16 16:00 - 22:00 805 579
Scenario 17 17:00 - 23:00 822 565
Scenario 18 18:00 - 24:00 839 600
Scenario 19 19:00 - 1:00 (next day) 756 710
Scenario 20 20:00 - 2:00 (next day) 741 705
Scenario 21 21:00 - 3:00 (next day) 610 601
Scenario 22 22:00 - 4:00 (next day) 705 606
Scenario 23 23:00 - 5:00 (next day) 768 678
Scenario 24 24:00 - 6:00 (next day) 876 700

The modelling results indicate that spills which occur during the night time have higher
impacts than spills which occur during the day time on sensitive receptors. This is mainly
because the atmospheric turbulence is more stable during the night time and is more unstable
during the day time. An unstable atmosphere enhances turbulence, whereas a stable
atmosphere inhibits mechanical turbulence. A spill occurred between 1:00 – 7:00 has the highest

15
impacts and a spill occurred between 10:00 – 17:00 has the lowest impacts on the surrounding
residential area.
The modelling results also indicate that the Reg. 419 highest 24-hr average POI concentrations
of ammonia (819.95 μg/m3) occurred at the top level window of a 4 storey apartment building
(R3) east of the facility boundary in May 10, 1996, when the prevailing wind blew from SSW
and the R3 was the elevated receptor downwind of the source, Refer to Figure 11 for the wind
rose in May 10, 1996.
Figures 10-1 and 10-2 show the maximum 24-hour average concentration contours for ammonia
which occurred in Scenario 1 (spill occurred between 1:00 – 7:00).

16
5 Impact at Sensitive Receptors

5.1 Applicable Standard


As indicated in our proposal of this study, the predicted highest 24-hour POI concentration of
ammonia at the sensitive receptors will be compared against the most stringent O. Reg. 419/05
Schedule 3 Standard of 100 μg/m3 which is based on health effect.

5.2 Predicted Maximum Concentrations at Sensitive Receptors


Table 5-1 summarized the high end and low end maximum concentrations at each sensitive
receptor and the associated scenarios.

TABLE 5-1
Sensitive Receptor Emission Summary
Maximum 24-hour Average Concentrations
POI Low End High End
Description
ID Concentration Concentration
Compliance Compliance
3 Scenario ID 3 Scenario ID
(μg/m ) (Yes/No) (μg/m ) (Yes/No)
7-storey apartment
R1 92.4 Scenario 10 YES 423 Scenario 4 NO
building to the NE
4-storey apartment
R2 108.4 Scenario 11 NO 1079 Scenario 1 NO
building to the East
4-storey apartment
R3 151.0 Scenario 11 NO 820 Scenario 1 NO
building to the East
4-storey apartment
R4 143.6 Scenario 11 NO 754 Scenario 1 NO
building to the NE
5-storey apartment
R5 110.1 Scenario 11 NO 804 Scenario 2 NO
building to the north
5-storey apartment
R6 121.4 Scenario 11 NO 705 Scenario 23 NO
building to the north
5-storey apartment
R7 169.9 Scenario 11 NO 920 Scenario 1 NO
building to the north
5-storey apartment
R8 161.8 Scenario 11 NO 790 Scenario 1 NO
building to the north
2-storey house to
R9 114.3 Scenario 11 NO 709 Scenario 1 NO
the NW
2-storey house to
R10 116.8 Scenario 11 NO 683 Scenario 22 NO
the west
4-storey apartment
R11 104.9 Scenario 19 NO 197 Scenario 4 NO
building to the SW
2-storey house to
R12 52.4 Scenario 22 YES 141 Scenario 7 NO
the west
2-storey house to
R13 45.1 Scenario 22 YES 149 Scenario 10 NO
the west
2-storey house to
R14 74.0 Scenario 22 YES 181 Scenario 7 NO
the west
2-storey house to
R15 117.6 Scenario 13 NO 324 Scenario 18 NO
the west
5-storey apartment
R16 135.6 Scenario 10 NO 986 Scenario 1 NO
building to the NW
5-storey apartment
R17 206.6 Scenario 10 NO 776 Scenario 24 NO
building to the NW
4-storey apartment
R18 113.4 Scenario 21 NO 271 Scenario 1 NO
building to the west

17
The modelling results indicate that the high-end maximum 24-hour concentrations at all
sensitive receptors exceeded the MOE criterion under all scenarios. Three receptors to the west
of the facility had concentrations below the MOE criterion in some release scenarios. Overall,
the event of internal ammonia spill in Chemical Room No. 3 has higher impacts on residential
dwellings to the east, northeast and north of the WTP, and lower impacts on residential
dwellings to the west and southwest of the WTP due to the prevailing wind nature in the area
(Refer to Figure 7 for the 5-year wind rose).

18
6 Conclusions and Recommendations
5B

6.1 Overall Emission Summary


17B

The overall Emission Summary Table is provided in Table 6-1, which summarized the O. Reg.
419/05 highest off-property ammonia concentration and the required information by the
Ministry.

TABLE 6-1
Overall Emission Summary Table
Variable Air O. Reg. 419
Emission Rate Dispersion Highest POI Averaging MOE POI Limiting Regulation Percentage
Contaminant CAS No. Hour Model Used Concentration Period Limit Effect Schedule of Limit
after #
Spill
(g/s) (µg/m3) (hours) (µg/m3) (%)

1st hour 33.1

2nd hour 32.4

Ammonia 7664-41-7 3rd hour 31.7 AERMOD 820 24 100 Health Schedule 3 820%

4th hour 30.9

5th hour 30.4

6th hour 29.8

6.2 Conclusions and Recommendations


18B

The modelling results indicate that spills which occur during the night time have higher
impacts than spills which occur during the day time on sensitive receptors. This is mainly
because the atmospheric turbulence is expected to be more stable during the night time than
during the day time. An unstable atmosphere enhances turbulence, whereas a stable
atmosphere inhibits mechanical turbulence. A spill occurred between 1:00 – 7:00 has the highest
impacts and a spill occurred between 10:00 – 17:00 has the lowest impacts on the surrounding
residential area.
The event of internal ammonia spill in the Chemical Room No. 3 has higher impacts on
residential dwellings to the east, northeast and north of the WTP, and lower impacts on
residential dwellings to the west and southwest of the WTP due to the prevailing wind nature
in the area.
Under the current engineering design of the ammoniation system at the R. C. Harris WTP, i.e.,
no ammonia mitigation measures were employed for the ammonia emergency spill in Chemical
Room No. 3, the predicted highest 24-hr ammonia concentrations at the property line and

19
beyond under different release scenarios ranged from 175 to 820 μg/m3, which exceeded the O.
Reg. 419/05 Schedule 3 standard of 100 μg/m3 for ammonia.
As such, additional mitigation measures for ammonia emergency release are required in order
to bring the R. C Harris Water Treatment Plant into compliance with the MOE criterion. An
emergency ammonia scrubber is recommended to be added as part of the relocation project.

20
H J K L M N

A
FIGURE 5

DECANT ACCESS RM EL 84.300

EL 85.390

DN

EL 85.390

2
450X350-EAD-AL 650X500-EAD-AL
BOD 88.05 BOD 88.00 450X350-EAD-AL 450X300-EAD-AL
2 BOD 87.40 BOD 87.22

DN
B B B B
350-SAD-AL 600X500 900X600 450X350 450X300
DN

710 l/s 1420/2356 l/s 360 l/s 310 l/s


DN

DN
TYP OF 2

3
A
EL 84.300

700-SAD-AL
(SLOPING)
250X200

154 l/s

TYP OF 2

AMMONIA
1
SENSOR

4
450X350-EAD-AL
(SLOPING)
CHEMICAL CHEMICAL CHEMICAL CHEMICAL CHEMICAL
RM No. 1 RM No. 2 RM No. 3 RM No. 4 RM No. 5

EL 84.300

CORRIDOR No. 7
5

MATCHLINE, SEE
B
A A A A
450X300

DWG H150B
355X350 500X400 250X250 250X200
310 l/s
354 l/s 707 l/s 177 l/s 154 l/s

MATCH LINE SEE DWG. H150D

0 1.0 2.0 4.0m

SCALE 1:100

A B

A
FIGURE 4 - CHEMICAL ROOMS LAYOUT FIGURE 5 C
D

1:100

KEY PLAN

TECHNICAL SERVICES DIVISION


WORKS & EMERGENCY SERVICES Engineering Services - Works Facilities & Structures
RC HARRIS WATER FILTRATION PLANT
BARRY GUTTERIDGE, RESIDUE MANAGEMENT FACILITY
MIKE PRICE, P. ENG.
COMMISSIONER GENERAL MANAGER,
WORKS and WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES
3 OCT 2004 CONTRACT DRAWINGS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION AM EMERGENCY SERVICES PLAN AT EL 85 - AREA A
2 JUL 2004 REVISED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 6
DESIGN: SW DRAFTING: DAB/VS CHECK: CHECKED CONTRACT NO. 04FS-50WS
WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES 1 JUN 2004 REVISED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 2
WILLIAM G. CROWTHER, P. ENG. PATRICK NEWLAND
0 MAR 2004 ISSUED FOR TENDER EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, DIRECTOR, SCALE: 1:100 DRAWING CONSULT NO.
WATER SUPPLY
No. DATE REVISIONS INITIAL SIGNED
TECHNICAL SERVICES WATER SUPPLY
DATE: MARCH, 2004
NUMBER: 2F-2003-105-211 H150A

rch_h150ad_122339r.dgn
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FIN GRADE

2
MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING A406
1
A407
SIM
CHEMICAL RM
VESTIBULE NO. 5 MONORAIL
UPPER THICKENER
07-6006
GALLERY
07-5002
MEMBRANE
7
PIPE GALLERY WATERPROOFING
A410
07-7001

EL 88.000

2610
MONORAIL
1 SIM FRP HANDRAIL
CHEMCIAL RM NO. 5 TO CHEM RM
A406 EL. 85.390
6

1090
07-5007 SIM
A408 EL. 84.300
MONORAIL

EXTEND MEMBRANE
CENTRAL LOWER WATERPROOFING TO
THICKENER THICKENER MIN 300mm BELOW
EL. 84.300

5660
GALLERY GALLERY DECANT TANK
MACHINE SHOP 07-3001 ACCESS RM
07-4010
STORAGE
DECANT TANK NO. 9 07-6001
CORRIDOR NO. 6 07-4014
GROUND LEVEL
03-4006
EL. 78.640

1450
EL. 77.190
AL GUARD RAILS
EXP JT
TYPE 4

2800
5
A410
THICKENER NO. 4 EL. 74.390

UPPER SERVICE
PLATFORM NO. 2

5200
07-2002

LOWER SERVICE
LEVEL NO. 2
EL. 69.190
07-1002

1
NOTE:

WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IS TO EXTEND DOWN THE


MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING
EXTERIOR FACE OF POURED IN PLACE WALLS
FROM U/S SLAB DOWN TO
DOWN TO TOP OF CAISSONS.
MIN 300mm BELOW EL. 69.190

WATERPROOF MEMBRANE NOT REQUIRED AT CAISSONS.

FIGURE 5 - CHEMICAL ROOM NORTH-SOUTH SECTION A


1:100 FIGURE 4

0 1.0 2.0 4.0m

TECHNICAL SERVICES DIVISION


WORKS & EMERGENCY SERVICES Engineering Services - Works Facilities & Structures
RC HARRIS WATER FILTRATION PLANT
BARRY GUTTERIDGE, RESIDUE MANAGEMENT FACILITY
MIKE PRICE, P. ENG.
COMMISSIONER GENERAL MANAGER,
WORKS and WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES
EMERGENCY SERVICES SECTION
2 OCT 2004 CONTRACT DRAWINGS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION WY
DESIGN: WY DRAFTING: WY CHECK: WW CONTRACT No. 04FS-50WS
WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES 1 JUL 2004 REVISED FOR ADDENDUM NO. 8 WY JM
WILLIAM G. CROWTHER, P. ENG. PATRICK NEWLAND
0 MAR 2004 ISSUED FOR TENDER EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, DIRECTOR, SCALE: 1:100 DRAWING CONSULT No.
WATER SUPPLY
No. DATE REVISIONS INITIAL SIGNED
TECHNICAL SERVICES WATER SUPPLY
DATE: MARCH, 2004
NUMBER: 2F-2003-105-077 A203

rch_a203d_122339r.dgn
Appendix A

Calculation of Ammonia Release Rate


Table A-1 - Estimate of Wind Speed inside the Chemical Room 3
Assumption: Room doors are closed.

Emergency exhaust 3.7 m


flow rate: 2.356 m3/s
S
3.9 m
Normal exhaust
flow rate: 1.420 m3/s
2.9 m
11.7 m

19.6 m

Average Air Velocity Cross Section S

Free Area Cross Section S S ≤ (3.7 m * 11.7 m) - (3.937 m x 2.9 m)


≤ 31.8727 m2
3
Emergency Room Exhaust Rate F= 2.356 m /s

Average Air Velocity Cross Area S Vs ≥ F/S


≥ 2.356 m3/s / 31.8727 m2
≥ 0.074 m/s

A rolling up air velocity value of . 0.1 m/s was used for the Chemical Room No.3
Table A-2 - Estimate of Ammonia Emission Rate
1. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 1st Hour after Spill.
1.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Tank Volume: 24.6 m3


Ammonia Concentration: 30%
30% Ammonia Hydrate Specific Gravity: 0.86 kg/L
Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 21156 kg = 46641 lb
Pure Ammonia Weight 6347 kg = 13992 lb
Pure Water Weight 14809 kg = 32648 lb

Maximum Area of pool for depth of 1 centimeter:: 2460 m2 = 26479 ft2


Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 30% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 332 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 30% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 310 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 310 = 0.025


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 36.5 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.4 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 44 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13992 lb - 44 lb = 13948 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13948 lb (ammonia) /[13948 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.93%
1.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46596 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13948 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.9%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.93% ammonia solution at 1.5 330 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.93% ammonia solution at 1.5 308 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 308 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 2088
= 36.3 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.4 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 44 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13948 lb - 44 lb = 13904 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13904 lb (ammonia) /[13904 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.87%
1.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46552 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13904 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.9%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.87% ammonia solution at 1.5 329 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.87% ammonia solution at 1.5 307 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 307 = 0.025


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 36.2 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.4 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 44 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13904 lb - 44 lb = 13860 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13860 lb (ammonia) /[13860 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.80%
1.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46509 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13860 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.8%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.8% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 328.5 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.8% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 306 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 306 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 36.1 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.4 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 44 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13860 lb - 44 lb = 13817 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13817 lb (ammonia) /[13817 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.74%
1.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46465 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13817 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.74%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.74% ammonia solution at 1.5 327.5 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.74% ammonia solution at 1.5 306 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 *306 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 36.0 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.4 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 44 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13817 lb - 44 lb = 13773 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13773 lb (ammonia) /[13773 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.67%
1.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46421 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13773 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.67%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.67% ammonia solution at 1.5 326 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.67% ammonia solution at 1.5 304 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 304 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.8 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13773 lb - 43 lb = 13730 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13730 lb (ammonia) /[13730 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.60%
2. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 2nd Hour after Spill.
2.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46378 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13730 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.6%

Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3


Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.6% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 325 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.6% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 303 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 303 = 0.025


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.7 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13730 lb - 43 lb = 13687 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13687 lb (ammonia) /[13687 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.54%
2.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46335 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13687 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.54%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.54% ammonia solution at 1.5 324 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.54% ammonia solution at 1.5 302 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 302 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.6 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13687 lb - 43 lb = 13643 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13643 lb (ammonia) /[13643 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.47%
2.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46292 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13643 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.47%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.47% ammonia solution at 1.5 323 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.47% ammonia solution at 1.5 301 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 301 = 0.025


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.5 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13643 lb - 43 lb = 13600 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13600 lb (ammonia) /[13600 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.41%
2.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46249 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13600 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.41%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.41% ammonia solution at 1.5 322 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.41% ammonia solution at 1.5 300 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 300 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.4 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13600 lb - 43 lb = 13558 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13558 lb (ammonia) /[13558 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.34%
2.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46206 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13558 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.34%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.34% ammonia solution at 1.5 321 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.34% ammonia solution at 1.5 299 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 299 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.3 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13558 lb - 43 lb = 13515 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13515 lb (ammonia) /[13515 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.28%
2.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46163 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13515 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.28%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.28% ammonia solution at 1.5 320 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.28% ammonia solution at 1.5 299 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 299 = 0.025
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.025 * 1044
= 35.2 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.3 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 43 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13515 lb - 43 lb = 13472 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13472 lb (ammonia) /[13472 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.21%
3. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 3rd Hour after Spill.
3.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46121 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13472 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.2%

Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3


Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.2% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 319 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.2% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 298 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 298 = 0.024


82.25 * 283

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 35.1 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.2 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 42 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13472 lb -42 lb = 13430 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13430 lb (ammonia) /[13430 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.15%
3.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46078 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13430 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.15%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.15% ammonia solution at 1.5 318 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.15% ammonia solution at 1.5 297 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 297 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 35.0 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.2 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 42 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13430 lb - 42 lb = 13388 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13388 lb (ammonia) /[13388 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 29.08%
3.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 46036 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13388 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.08%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.08% ammonia solution at 1.5 317 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.08% ammonia solution at 1.5 296 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 296 = 0.024


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.9 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.2 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 42 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13388 lb - 42 lb = 13346 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13346 lb (ammonia) /[13346 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 29.02%
3.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45994 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13346 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 29.02%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.02% ammonia solution at 1.5 315 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 29.02% ammonia solution at 1.5 294 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 294 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.6 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.2 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 42 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13346 lb - 42 lb = 13304 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13304 lb (ammonia) /[123304 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.95%
3.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45952 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13304 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.95%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.95.8% ammonia solution at 1.5 313 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.95% ammonia solution at 1.5 292 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 292 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.4 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.2 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 42 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13304 lb - 42 lb = 13262 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13262 lb (ammonia) /[13262 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.89%
3.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45910 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13262 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.89%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.89% ammonia solution at 1.5 311 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.89% ammonia solution at 1.5 290 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 290 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.2 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13262 lb - 41 lb = 13221 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13221 lb (ammonia) /[13221 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.82%
4. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 4th Hour after Spill.
4.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45869 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13221 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.82%

Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3


Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.82% ammonia solution at 1.5 310 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.82% ammonia solution at 1.5 289 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 289 = 0.024


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.1 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13221 lb - 41 lb = 13179 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13179 lb (ammonia) /[13179 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 28.76%
4.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45828 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13179 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.8%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.76% ammonia solution at 1.5 309 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.76% ammonia solution at 1.5 288 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 288 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 34.0 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13179 lb - 41 lb = 13138 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13138 lb (ammonia) /[13138 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 28.69%
4.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45787 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13138 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.69%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.69% ammonia solution at 1.5 308 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.69% ammonia solution at 1.5 287 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 287 = 0.024


82.25 * 286

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 33.9 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13138 lb - 41 lb = 13097 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13097 lb (ammonia) /[13097 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.63%
4.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45746 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13097 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.63%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.63% ammonia solution at 1.5 307 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.63% ammonia solution at 1.5 286 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 286 = 0.024
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.024 * 1044
= 33.8 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13097 lb - 41 lb = 13056 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13056 lb (ammonia) /[13056 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.57%
4.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45705 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13056 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.57%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.57% ammonia solution at 1.5 306 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.57% ammonia solution at 1.5 285 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 285 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.6 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13056 lb - 41 lb = 13016 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 13016 lb (ammonia) /[13016 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.50%
4.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45664 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 13016 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.50%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.5% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 305 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.5% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 285 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 285 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.5 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 13016 lb - 41 lb = 12975 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12975 lb (ammonia) /[12975 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.44%
5. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 5th Hour after Spill.
5.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45624 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12975 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.44%

Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3


Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.44% ammonia solution at 1.5 305 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.44% ammonia solution at 1.5 285 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 285 = 0.023


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.5 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.1 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 41 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12975 lb - 41 lb = 12935 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12935 lb (ammonia) /[12935 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 28.38%
5.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45583 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12935 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.38%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.38% ammonia solution at 1.5 304 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.38% ammonia solution at 1.5 284 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 284 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.4 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12935 lb - 40 lb = 12894 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12894 lb (ammonia) /[12894 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 28.31%
5.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45543 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12894 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.31%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.31% ammonia solution at 1.5 303 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.31% ammonia solution at 1.5 283 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 283 = 0.023


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.3 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12894 lb - 40 lb = 12854 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12854 lb (ammonia) /[12854 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.25%
5.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45502 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12854 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.25%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.25% ammonia solution at 1.5 302 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.25% ammonia solution at 1.5 282 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 282 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.2 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12854 lb - 40 lb = 12814 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12814 lb (ammonia) /[12814 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.19%
5.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45462 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12814 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.19%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.19% ammonia solution at 1.5 301 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.19% ammonia solution at 1.5 281 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 281 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.1 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12814 lb - 40 lb = 12774 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12774 lb (ammonia) /[12774 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.12%
5.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45422 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12774 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.12%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.12% ammonia solution at 1.5 300 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.12% ammonia solution at 1.5 280 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 280 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 33.0 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12774 lb - 40 lb = 12734 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12734 lb (ammonia) /[12734 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 28.06%
6. Calculation of Ammonia Emission Rate in 6th Hour after Spill.
6.1 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the first 10 minutes

Assumption: Assuming a entire tank of ammonia hydrate spilled into the containment during spill.

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45382 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12734 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.06%

Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3


Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.06% ammonia solution at 1.5 299 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28.06% ammonia solution at 1.5 279 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 279 = 0.023


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.9 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 1st 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12734 lb - 40 lb = 12694 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12694 lb (ammonia) /[12694 lb (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 28.00%
6.2 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the second 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45342 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12694 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 28.0%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 298 mm Hg
wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 28% ammonia solution at 1.5 m/s 278 mm Hg
wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 278 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.8 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 2nd 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12694 lb - 40 lb = 12654 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12654 lb (ammonia) /[12654 (ammonia)+32648 lb (water)] = 27.93%
6.3 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the third 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45303 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12654 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 27.93%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.93% ammonia solution at 1.5 297 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.93% ammonia solution at 1.5 277 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

LFA = 0.284 * 172/3 * 277 = 0.023


82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.7 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 4.0 lb/min

After the 3rd 10 minute 40 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12654 lb - 40 lb = 12615 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12615 lb (ammonia) /[12615 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 27.87%
6.4 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fourth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45263 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12615 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 27.87%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.87% ammonia solution at 1.5 296 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.87% ammonia solution at 1.5 276 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 276 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.5 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 3.9 lb/min

After the 4th 10 minute 39 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12615 lb - 39 lb = 12576 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12576 lb (ammonia) /[12576 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 27.81%
6.5 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the fifth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45224 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12576 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 27.81%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.81% ammonia solution at 1.5 295 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.81% ammonia solution at 1.5 275 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 275 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.4 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 3.9 lb/min

After the 5th 10 minute 39 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12576 lb - 39 lb = 12536 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12536 lb (ammonia) /[12536 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 27.74%
6.6 Evaporation Rate Estimate for Mitigated Ammonia Solution Release at the sixth 10 minutes

Ammonia Hydrate Weight: 45185 lb


Pure Ammonia Weight 12536 lb
Pure Water Weight 32648 lb
Ammonia Concentration: 27.74%
Diked Area (containment area): 97 m2 = 1044 ft3
Since the diked area is smaller than the maximum area, the following equation is used:

QR = U0.78 * LFA * A
Value
QR: Worst -Case release rate (lb/min)
U: Worst Case Wind Speed (m/s) 1.5
LFA: Liquid Factor Ambient

LFA = 0.284 * MW 2/3 * VP (Equation D-2)


82.25 * T
=
MW: Ammonia Molecular Weight 17.05
VP: 10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.74% ammonia solution at 1.5 294 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 25 ºC
10-min average vapor pressure (mm Hg) of 27.74% ammonia solution at 1.5 274 mm Hg
m/s wind speed at 5 ºC

T: Temperature of released substance (Kelvin (K)) 278 K

A: Diked Area (square feet) 1044 ft2

2/3
LFA = 0.284 * 17 * 274 = 0.023
82.25 * 278

0.78
QR = 1.5 *0.023 * 1044
= 32.3 lb/min

Calculation of Indoor Release Rate:


QRB = (0.1/1.5) 0.78 *QR
= 3.9 lb/min

After the 6th 10 minute 39 lb ammonia has releases to the atmosphere.


The pure ammonia amount in the liquid pool become: 12536 lb - 39 lb = 12497 lb
Ammonia concentration decreased to : 12497 lb (ammonia) /[12497 lb (ammonia) + 32648 lb (water)] = 27.68%
Table A-3
Emission Rate Summary
Hours after Spill
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
1st 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.42 4.32 4.24 4.12 4.06 3.98
2nd 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.39 4.31 4.23 4.11 4.04 3.96
3rd 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.38 4.30 4.22 4.10 4.03 3.95
4th 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.37 4.28 4.19 4.08 4.02 3.94
5th 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.36 4.27 4.16 4.07 4.00 3.92
6th 10-min A Emission Rate (lb/min) 4.34 4.26 4.14 4.06 3.99 3.91
Total Emission (lb/hr) 262 257 252 245 241 237

Total Emission (kg/hr) 119 117 114 111 109 107


Hourly Emission Rate (g/s) 33.1 32.4 31.7 30.9 30.4 29.8

Hourly Emission Factor 1.0000 0.9807 0.9595 0.9351 0.9199 0.9017

10-min Emision Rate


Minutes after Spill (lb/min) Hourly Emission Factor
10 4.4
20 4.4 1.0100
30 4.4
40 4.4 0.9900
50 4.4 0.9700
60 4.3
0.9500
70 4.3
80 4.3 0.9300
90 4.3 0.9100
100 4.3
110 4.3 0.8900
120 4.3 0.8700
130 4.2
140 4.2 0.8500
150 4.2 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
160 4.2
170 4.2
180 4.1 10-Min Average Emission Rate
190 4.1
200 4.1
5.0
210 4.1
220 4.1
Emission Rate (lb/min)

230 4.1
4.5
240 4.1
250 4.1
260 4.0 4.0
270 4.0
280 4.0
290 4.0 3.5
300 4.0
310 4.0
320 4.0 3.0
330 4.0 10 30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350

340 3.9 Minutes After Spill


350 3.9
360 3.9
Appendix B

Material Safety Data Sheet


Appendix C

Coordinates Conversion
Table C - R.C. Harris WTP Local and UTM Coordinates of Sources, Buildings and Property Line.
Rotated Deg: 25 degree
Local Local - Rotated to True North 0.44 radian UTM (NAD 83)
Corner/Point X (m) Y (m) Height Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m) Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m)
Property Boundary Property Boundary Property Boundary
1 1 1 638570.09 4837090.55
2 2 2 638624.79 4836946.21
3 3 3 638622.12 4836921.03
4 4 4 638664.41 4836779.11
5 5 5 638703.22 4836683.6
6 6 6 638925.91 4836922.73
7 7 7 638898.21 4837053.62
8 8 8 638846.78 4837125.11
9 9 9 638814.29 4837210.55
10 10 10 638794.15 4837205.52
11 11 11 638758.07 4837179.5
12 12 12 638720.3 4837156.01

Reference Point
SW corner of Admin 0 0 7.1 SW corner 0.00 0.00 SW corner 638643.2 4836962.02

Admin Bldg Tier 1 4


0.0 0.0 1 0.00 0.00 1 638643.20 4836962.02
108.0 0.0 2 97.88 45.64 2 638741.08 4837007.66
108.0 -5.4 3 100.16 40.75 3 638743.36 4837002.77
111.4 -5.4 4 103.24 42.19 4 638746.44 4837004.21
111.4 -10.4 5 105.36 37.65 5 638748.56 4836999.67
125.0 -10.4 6 117.68 43.40 6 638760.88 4837005.42
125.0 -5.4 7 115.57 47.93 7 638758.77 4837009.95
128.4 -5.4 8 118.65 49.37 8 638761.85 4837011.39
128.4 0.0 9 116.37 54.26 9 638759.57 4837016.28
240.0 0.0 10 217.51 101.43 10 638860.71 4837063.45
240.0 50.0 11 196.38 146.74 11 638839.58 4837108.76
0.0 50.0 12 -21.13 45.32 12 638622.07 4837007.34
Tier 2 6
0.0 22.0 1 -9.30 19.94 1 638633.90 4836981.96
240.0 22.0 2 208.22 121.37 2 638851.42 4837083.39
240.0 28.0 3 205.68 126.81 3 638848.88 4837088.83
0.0 28.0 4 -11.83 25.38 4 638631.37 4836987.40
Tier 3 8.08
111.4 -10.4 1 105.36 37.65 1 638748.56 4836999.67
125.0 -10.4 2 117.68 43.40 2 638760.88 4837005.42
125.0 50.0 3 92.16 98.14 3 638735.36 4837060.16
111.4 50.0 4 79.83 92.40 4 638723.03 4837054.42
Tier 4 10.5
111.4 18.2 1 93.27 63.57 1 638736.47 4837025.59
125.0 18.2 2 105.60 69.32 2 638748.80 4837031.34
125.0 31.8 3 99.85 81.65 3 638743.05 4837043.67
111.4 31.8 4 87.52 75.90 4 638730.72 4837037.92
Tier 5 14.39
108.0 -5.4 1 100.16 40.75 1 638743.36 4837002.77
111.4 -5.4 2 103.24 42.19 2 638746.44 4837004.21
111.4 0.0 3 100.96 47.08 3 638744.16 4837009.10
108.0 0.0 4 97.88 45.64 4 638741.08 4837007.66
Tier 6 14.39
125.0 -5.4 1 115.57 47.93 1 638758.77 4837009.95
128.4 -5.4 2 118.65 49.37 2 638761.85 4837011.39
128.4 0.0 3 116.37 54.26 3 638759.57 4837016.28
125.0 0.0 4 113.29 52.83 4 638756.49 4837014.85

Service Building Tier 1 5.18


9.3 -76.0 1 40.55 -64.95 1 638683.75 4836897.07
21.3 -76.0 2 51.42 -59.88 2 638694.62 4836902.14
21.3 -75.4 3 51.17 -59.33 3 638694.37 4836902.69
27.4 -75.4 4 56.70 -56.76 4 638699.90 4836905.26
27.4 -70.0 5 54.42 -51.86 5 638697.62 4836910.16
74.1 -70.0 6 96.74 -32.13 6 638739.94 4836929.89
74.1 -70.4 7 96.91 -32.49 7 638740.11 4836929.53
89.4 -70.4 8 110.78 -26.02 8 638753.98 4836936.00
89.4 -64.3 9 108.20 -20.49 9 638751.40 4836941.53
92.6 -64.3 10 111.10 -19.14 10 638754.30 4836942.88
92.6 -60.2 11 109.37 -15.43 11 638752.57 4836946.59
77.1 -60.2 12 95.32 -21.98 12 638738.52 4836940.04
77.1 -62.5 13 96.29 -24.06 13 638739.49 4836937.96
21.3 -62.5 14 45.72 -47.64 14 638688.92 4836914.38
21.3 -60.8 15 45.00 -46.10 15 638688.20 4836915.92
9.3 -60.8 16 34.12 -51.17 16 638677.32 4836910.85
Corner/Point X (m) Y (m) Height Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m) Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m)
Tier 2 10.13
9.3 -76.0 1 40.55 -64.95 1 638683.75 4836897.07
21.3 -76.0 2 51.42 -59.88 2 638694.62 4836902.14
21.3 -75.4 3 51.17 -59.33 3 638694.37 4836902.69
27.4 -75.4 4 56.70 -56.76 4 638699.90 4836905.26
27.4 -70.0 5 54.42 -51.86 5 638697.62 4836910.16
74.1 -70.0 6 96.74 -32.13 6 638739.94 4836929.89
74.1 -70.4 7 96.91 -32.49 7 638740.11 4836929.53
89.4 -70.4 8 110.78 -26.02 8 638753.98 4836936.00
89.4 -60.2 9 106.47 -16.78 9 638749.67 4836945.24
77.1 -60.2 10 95.32 -21.98 10 638738.52 4836940.04
77.1 -62.5 11 96.29 -24.06 11 638739.49 4836937.96
21.3 -62.5 12 45.72 -47.64 12 638688.92 4836914.38
21.3 -60.8 13 45.00 -46.10 13 638688.20 4836915.92
9.3 -60.8 14 34.12 -51.17 14 638677.32 4836910.85
Transformer Station Tier 3 11.86
9.3 -76.0 1 40.55 -64.95 1 638683.75 4836897.07
21.3 -76.0 2 51.42 -59.88 2 638694.62 4836902.14
21.3 -60.8 3 45.00 -46.10 3 638688.20 4836915.92
9.3 -60.8 4 34.12 -51.17 4 638677.32 4836910.85
Tier 4 12.43
12.3 -73.0 1 42.00 -60.96 1 638685.20 4836901.06
18.3 -73.0 2 47.44 -58.43 2 638690.64 4836903.59
18.3 -63.8 3 43.55 -50.09 3 638686.75 4836911.93
12.3 -63.8 4 38.11 -52.62 4 638681.31 4836909.40
Tier 5 13
13.3 -72.0 1 42.48 -59.63 1 638685.68 4836902.39
17.3 -72.0 2 46.11 -57.94 2 638689.31 4836904.08
17.3 -64.8 3 43.06 -51.42 3 638686.26 4836910.60
13.3 -64.8 4 39.44 -53.11 4 638682.64 4836908.91
Tier 6 13.59
14.3 -71.0 1 42.97 -58.30 1 638686.17 4836903.72
16.3 -71.0 2 44.78 -57.46 2 638687.98 4836904.56
16.3 -65.8 3 42.58 -52.75 3 638685.78 4836909.27
14.3 -65.8 4 40.77 -53.59 4 638683.97 4836908.43
Alum Tower Tier 7 22.39
74.1 -70.4 1 96.91 -32.49 1 638740.11 4836929.53
85.4 -70.4 2 107.15 -27.71 2 638750.35 4836934.31
85.4 -64.2 3 104.53 -22.09 3 638747.73 4836939.93
82.5 -64.2 4 101.90 -23.32 4 638745.10 4836938.70
82.5 -60.2 5 100.21 -19.69 5 638743.41 4836942.33
77.1 -60.2 6 95.32 -21.98 6 638738.52 4836940.04
77.1 -64.2 7 97.01 -25.60 7 638740.21 4836936.42
74.1 -64.2 8 94.29 -26.87 8 638737.49 4836935.15
74.1 -66.1 9 95.09 -28.59 9 638738.29 4836933.43
73.3 -66.1 10 94.37 -28.93 10 638737.57 4836933.09
73.3 -68.5 11 95.38 -31.10 11 638738.58 4836930.92
74.1 -68.5 12 96.11 -30.77 12 638739.31 4836931.25
Tier 8 26.74
74.1 -70.4 1 96.91 -32.49 1 638740.11 4836929.53
85.4 -70.4 2 107.15 -27.71 2 638750.35 4836934.31
85.4 -64.2 3 104.53 -22.09 3 638747.73 4836939.93
82.5 -64.2 4 101.90 -23.32 4 638745.10 4836938.70
82.5 -63.6 5 101.65 -22.78 5 638744.85 4836939.24
77.1 -63.6 6 96.75 -25.06 6 638739.95 4836936.96
77.1 -64.2 7 97.01 -25.60 7 638740.21 4836936.42
74.1 -64.2 8 94.29 -26.87 8 638737.49 4836935.15
74.1 -66.1 9 95.09 -28.59 9 638738.29 4836933.43
73.3 -66.1 10 94.37 -28.93 10 638737.57 4836933.09
73.3 -68.5 11 95.38 -31.10 11 638738.58 4836930.92
74.1 -68.5 12 96.11 -30.77 12 638739.31 4836931.25
Exhaust Stack Tier 9 32.38
73.3 -68.5 1 95.38 -31.10 1 638738.58 4836930.92
74.1 -68.5 2 96.11 -30.77 2 638739.31 4836931.25
74.1 -66.1 3 95.09 -28.59 3 638738.29 4836933.43
73.3 -66.1 4 94.37 -28.93 4 638737.57 4836933.09
Corner/Point X (m) Y (m) Height Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m) Corner/Point Easting (m) Northing (m)

Pumping Station Tier 1


0.0 -113.0 8.8 1 47.76 -102.41 1 638690.96 4836859.61
90.8 -113.0 2 130.05 -64.04 2 638773.25 4836897.98
90.8 -86.6 3 118.89 -40.11 3 638762.09 4836921.91
0.0 -86.6 4 36.60 -78.49 4 638679.80 4836883.53
Tier 2
5.0 -113.0 11.6 1 52.29 -100.30 1 638695.49 4836861.72
90.8 -113.0 2 130.05 -64.04 2 638773.25 4836897.98
90.8 -86.6 3 118.89 -40.11 3 638762.09 4836921.91
5.0 -86.6 4 41.13 -76.37 4 638684.33 4836885.65
Tier 3
12.3 -113.0 13.1 1 58.90 -97.21 1 638702.10 4836864.81
83.5 -113.0 2 123.43 -67.12 2 638766.63 4836894.90
83.5 -86.6 3 112.28 -43.20 3 638755.48 4836918.82
12.3 -86.6 4 47.75 -73.29 4 638690.95 4836888.73
Tier 4
19.6 -105.7 14.1 1 62.43 -87.51 1 638705.63 4836874.51
76.2 -105.7 2 113.73 -63.59 2 638756.93 4836898.43
76.2 -93.9 3 108.74 -52.90 3 638751.94 4836909.12
19.6 -93.9 4 57.45 -76.82 4 638700.65 4836885.20
Tier 5 14.4
20.1 -103.7 1 62.04 -85.49 1 638705.24 4836876.53
75.7 -103.7 2 112.43 -61.99 2 638755.63 4836900.03
75.7 -95.9 3 109.14 -54.92 3 638752.34 4836907.10
20.1 -95.9 4 58.75 -78.42 4 638701.95 4836883.60
Tier 6 14.7
20.6 -101.7 1 61.65 -83.47 1 638704.85 4836878.55
75.2 -101.7 2 111.13 -60.39 2 638754.33 4836901.63
75.2 -97.9 3 109.53 -56.95 3 638752.73 4836905.07
20.6 -97.9 4 60.04 -80.02 4 638703.24 4836882.00
Tier 7 15.1
21.1 -99.7 1 61.26 -81.44 1 638704.46 4836880.58
74.7 -99.7 2 109.84 -58.79 2 638753.04 4836903.23
74.7 -99.9 3 109.92 -58.97 3 638753.12 4836903.05
21.1 -99.9 4 61.34 -81.62 4 638704.54 4836880.40

Stack:
Stack-1 73.8 -67.3 13.5 1 95.33 -29.81 1 638738.53 4836932.21

Sensitive Receptors
POI ID Description X (m) Y (m) Elevation (m) Height (m)
R1 7-storey apartment building to the NE 638773 4837247.93 107.9 18
R2 4-storey apartment building to the east 638846 4837148.47 99.0 12
R3 4-storey apartment building to the east 638836 4837176.32 102.2 12
R4 4-storey apartment building to the east 638824 4837210.13 105.0 12
R5 5-storey apartment building to the north 638731 4837208.14 108.2 15
R6 5-storey apartment building to the north 638673 4837178.31 106.3 15
R7 5-storey apartment building to the north 638645 4837164.38 104.9 15
R8 5-storey apartment building to the north 638614 4837150.46 102.4 4.5
R9 2-storey house to the west 638557 4837044.57 93.6 4.5
R10 2-storey house to the west 638567 4837008.04 92.7 4.5
R11 4-storey apartment building to the SW 638624 4836813.54 79.3 12
R12 2-storey house to the west 638603 4836883.64 85.5 4.5
R13 2-storey house to the west 638606 4836901.41 86.0 4.5
R14 2-storey house to the west 638585 4836946.82 86.0 4.5
R15 2-storey house to the west 638577 4836975.46 89.7 4.5
R16 5-storey apartment building to the NW 638580 4837140.25 100.0 15
R17 5-storey apartment building to the NW 638543 4837118.69 97.3 15
R18 4-storey apartment building to the west 638609 4836852.47 84.4 12
Appendix D

Electronic Files of AERMOD


FEASIBILITY STUDY FOR
REPLACING EXISTING
AQUEOUS AMMONIA
TANKS AT R.C. HARRIS
WATER TREATMENT
PLANT
TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM

APRIL 2015
FEASIBILITY STUDY FOR
REPLACING EXISTING AQUEOUS
AMMONIA TANKS AT R.C. HARRIS
WATER TREATMENT PLANT

TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM
CITY OF TORONTO.

Project no: 141-21256-00


Date: April 2015


WSP Canada Inc.
600 Cochrane Drive, 5th Floor
Markham,
Ontario L3R 5K3

Phone: +1 905-475-7270
Fax: +1 905-475-5994
www.wspgroup.com
141-21256-00

April 14, 2015

Mr. Zackary Sayevich


City of Toronto
Metro Hall
55 John Street, 21st floor
Toronto, ON M5V 3C6

Re: Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water
Treatment Plant
Techanical Memorandum (Final)

Dear Zack:

We are pleased to submit a copy of our Final Technical Memorandum (TM) for Replacing the Existing
Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris WTP for your review and comment.
Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned.

Yours truly,
WSP Canada Inc.

Negin Salamati, M.A.Sc., EIT


Project Manager

600 Cochrane Drive, 5th Floor, Markham, Ontario L3R 5K3


Telephone: 905.475.7270  Fax: 905.475.5994  www.wspgroup.com
Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

WSP Canada Inc. ES-1


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Table of Contents
Transmittal Letter
Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Background .............................................................................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Feasibility Study – Scope of Work ........................................................................................... 1-1
2. BACKGROUND REVIEW AND NEEDS ASSESSMENTS .........................................................2-1
2.1 Existing Ammonia System ....................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Existing RMF Structural/Mechanical Review ........................................................................... 2-2
3. ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS FOR AQEOUS AMMONIA TANKS ..................................................3-6
3.1 General Considerations ........................................................................................................... 3-6
3.2 Alternative Material for the Tanks ............................................................................................ 3-6
3.2.1 Option 1 Stainless Steel ........................................................................................... 3-6
3.2.2 Option 2 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics (FRP) ....................................................... 3-7
3.2.3 Option 3 High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) ......................................................... 3-10
3.2.4 Option 4: Cast-in-Place Concrete Tank ................................................................. 3-12
3.2.5 Option 5: Steel Tank .............................................................................................. 3-13
3.3 Constructability ...................................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.1 Field Assembled Tanks .......................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.2 Shop Fabricated Tanks .......................................................................................... 3-15
4. EVALUATION OF OPTIONS ....................................................................................................4-16
5. AMMONIA SCRUBBER ..............................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Option 1: Wet Scrubber ........................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Option 2: Dry Scrubber ............................................................................................................ 5-2
6. PROCESS PIPING MODIFICATION ..........................................................................................6-4
7. VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................................................7-5
7.1 Existing Ventilation ................................................................................................................... 7-5
7.2 Future Ventilation Requirements ............................................................................................. 7-5
8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS...........................................................................8-5
9. SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................................9-6

List of Tables
Table 2-1 Wood stave tank specification ................................................................................................... 2-1
Table 3-1 Stainless Steel Tank Specifications ........................................................................................... 3-6
Table 3-2 Capital cost for SS tanks ........................................................................................................... 3-7
Table 3-3 Bolted FRP tanks description .................................................................................................... 3-7
Table 3-4 Prefabricated FRP tanks description ......................................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-5 Smaller FRP tanks description .................................................................................................. 3-8
Table 3-6 Capital cost for FRP tanks ......................................................................................................... 3-9
Table 3-7 Description of HDPE tanks (Quantity: 2) ................................................................................. 3-10
1
Table 3-8 Description of HDPE tanks (Quantity: 6 or 9) ......................................................................... 3-11
1
Table 3-9 Capital cost for HDPE tanks ................................................................................................... 3-12
Table 3-10 Description of Cast in place Concrete tanks .......................................................................... 3-12

WSP Canada Inc. i


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final Table of Contents

1
Table 3-11 Capital cost for Cast-in Place Concrete ............................................................................... 3-13
Table 3-12 Description of Glass Fused Steel Tanks ............................................................................... 3-14
Table 3-13 Capital cost for Steel tanks .................................................................................................... 3-14
Table 4-1 Evaluation of different tank materials, fabrication, constructability and their associated costs 4-1
Table 5-1 Capital cost for wet packed tower scrubber ............................................................................... 5-2
Table 5-2 Capital cost for passive NH3 dry scrubber system .................................................................... 5-3
Table 5-3 Capital cosy for Purafil Inc., Model DS-500 Drum Scrubber ..................................................... 5-4

List of Figures
Figure 1-1 R.C. Harris WTP ....................................................................................................................... 1-1
Figure 2-1 Existing Ammonia Storage System .......................................................................................... 2-1
Figure 2-2 Existing Ammonia Dosing System ............................................................................................ 2-2
Figure 3-1 Pre-Fabricated FRP tank .......................................................................................................... 3-8
Figure 3-2 HDPE tanks ............................................................................................................................ 3-11
Figure 3-3 Glass Fused to Steel Tanks with Roofs, Disco Road Facility, Toronto, ON .......................... 3-14
Figure 5-1 Wet Scrubber description ......................................................................................................... 5-1
Figure 5-2 Passive NH3 Dry Scrubber system ........................................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-3 Purafil Inc., Model DS-500 Drum Scrubber .............................................................................. 5-4

Appendices
Appendix A Equipment Technical Data
Appendix B Cost Estimate for the Recommended Option

WSP Canada Inc. ii


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
R.C. Harris water treatment plant (WTP) is Toronto’s largest WTP and it was opened in 1941. It is located
at 2701 Queen Street East, Toronto, next to Victoria Park Avenue along the shore of Lake Ontario in the
Beach neighborhood. It has an average total treated water flow rate of 520 MLD and a maximum capacity
of 950 MLD.
The existing chemical storage rooms at R.C. Harris WTP are located at the Residue Management Facility
(RMF). Their previous location was at the plant’s terrace building where the aqueous ammonia was
stored in four steel tanks. However, during a relocation project, they were transferred to two new wood
stave tanks located at the RMF.
The existing system has experienced high concentration of ammonia fumes during the filling operations
and during normal operations of the ammonia system. There is also a possibility of ammonia leakage
from the tank liner and the existing flanges. Furthermore, the existing ammonia system does not have a
vapor control system (for example, transferring the fumes back to the truck during the filling operation).
Therefore, the City of Toronto conducted a feasibility study in order to resolve these issues. The plant
should be fully operational during the period at which the tanks are being replaced.
This Feasibility Study assesses different options to replace the existing wood stave tanks with other
material for the tanks. It also investigates the type the scrubber system to be used during the filling
operation and in the event of ammonia spill.

Figure 1-1 R.C. Harris WTP

1.2 Feasibility Study – Scope of Work


The purpose of this Feasibility Study was to:
- Conduct Field Review/Audit of the existing Ammonia System – Mechanical and Structural aspect
of tanks, valving and associated piping
- Review the existing drawings
- Identify and propose alternative tank material

WSP Canada Inc. 1-1


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Draft Final

- Identify and define scrubbing system


- Identify the constructability for each of the discussed options
- Prepare detailed cost estimate for each options
- Evaluate and compare different options
- Recommend the preferable option.

WSP Canada Inc. 1-2


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

2. BACKGROUND REVIEW AND NEEDS


ASSESSMENTS
2.1 Existing Ammonia System
The existing ammonia storage system is located at the RMF (Chemical Room 3). The system is
comprised of two wood stave tanks for storage of aqua ammonia (% 30 NH4OH) with 40 mils (1mm) PVC
# 328 closed top liner. Table 2-1 presents the technical data of the existing wood stave tanks:
Table 2-1 Wood stave tank specification
Tank Specifications Values

Overall Height (including the vents, etc.) (m) 3.289

Stave Height (m) 3.086

Inside Height (m) 2.896

Outside Diameter (DIA) (m) 3.937

Inside Diameter (m) 3.810

Net Volume (L) 28 000

Available Operating Capacity (L) 24 600

Overflow Height (m) 2.515

Figure 2-1 Existing Ammonia Storage System


The tanks have 610 mm DIA side flanged access ports and the liner is inserted into these access ports
and they are water tight. There is another 610 mm DIA flanged port on top of the tank which is screwed
from the top and the bottom. Each tank is equipped with 75 mm DIA discharge/equalization/drain lower
level indicator port, 50 mm DIA upper level indicator port, 100 mm DIA overflow port (located about 3 m

WSP Canada Inc. 2-1


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

above the tank floor), 610 mm DIA side manway, 75 mm DIA fill, 150 mm DIA vent, 75 mm DIA ultrasonic
level transmitter, high level switch and a leak detection system. There is also a sight gauge for visual
confirmation of the chemical level in the tank. Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 show the existing wood stave
tanks and the ammonia dosing system. Furthermore, there is an existing fiberglass reinforced plastic
(FRP) platform along the west wall, adjacent to the tanks, which provide access to the top level of the
tanks.

Figure 2-2 Existing Ammonia Dosing System


The tanks are filled by gravity through the 75 DIA fill line once per month. There is an existing return air
line that is connected to the tanker truck but currently it is not in use. The tanks are connected to three (3)
chemical dosing skids (by Morrflo Inc.) which currently, only one (1) is in operation and the other two (2)
are on stand-by mode. The average and maximum ammonia dosage is 0.33 and 0.50 mg/l respectively.
RC Harris WTP is adding aqueous ammonia to drinking water for disinfection purposes through
chloramination.
With the existing system, RC Harris WTP is experiencing high concentration of ammonia fumes in the
chemical storage room. This occurs during filling operation and normal operation of this system, which is
potentially due to leakage from the top and side flanges. Furthermore, it appears that the existing plastic
liners (flexible PVC, 40 mils (1 mm) thick sheets) are leaking. Although PVC is compatible with aqueous
ammonia, there might be some cracks at the welded seams in the liner which can result in leakage.

2.2 Existing RMF Structural/Mechanical Review


According to record drawings, the existing RMF was constructed in 2009 as an underground cast-in-place
concrete structure situated between the Administration & Filter Building and the Service Building. The
subjected ammonia storage tanks are located in Chemical Room 3, which is built directly above Decant
Tanks No. 5 and No.6.

WSP Canada Inc. 2-2


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Chemical Room 3 has plan dimensions of approximately 11.7m wide x 20m long. Access could be made
from the corridor on the north side through two man doors and a vestibule, or via a man door from the
upper thickener gallery on the south side. (Figures 2-3 and 2-4).

Figure 2-3 Existing North Access Vestibule and Stairs

Figure 2-4 Existing South Access Man Door and Stairs

The floor slab of Chemical Room 3 was constructed as a suspended reinforced concrete slab, capable of
2
sustaining maximum of 25kPa/m live load. The two subjected ammonia storage tanks are placed on the

WSP Canada Inc. 2-3


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

top of the concrete housekeeping pads on floor. A FRP access platform was also built beside these tanks
for easy access to the top of the tanks (Figures 2-5 and 2-6).
The ceiling above Chemical Room 3 was constructed as a buried cast-in-place concrete roof slab, which
has various slopes for positive drainage and is supported by concrete beams and columns below.

Figure 2-5 Existing Ammonia Storage Tanks and FRP Access Platform

Figure 2-6 Existing Ammonia Storage Tanks and FRP Access Platform

WSP Canada Inc. 2-4


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

An approximate 1m x 1m overhead roof hatch opening was designed in the Chemical Room to allow for
filling the existing ammonia storage tanks (Figures 2-7 and 2-8).

Figure 2-7 Underside of Existing Overhead Roof Hatch


(Including 75 DIA fill pipe, 75 DIA vapour return pipe and 100 DIA spill containment suction pipe;
Insulated fire water supply)

Figure 2-8 Top View of Existing Overhead Roof Hatch (Near One)

WSP Canada Inc. 2-5


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3. ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS FOR AQEOUS


AMMONIA TANKS
3.1 General Considerations
The following options (materials compatible with the discussed chemical) are proposed for replacing the
existing wood stave tanks currently used to store aqueous ammonia along with their constructability.

3.2 Alternative Material for the Tanks


3.2.1 Option 1 Stainless Steel
3.2.1.1 Technical Specifications
3
This option includes the installation of two (2) Stainless Steel tanks with a total volume of 60 m (each 30
3
m ). The following table describes the specification of this option:

Table 3-1 Stainless Steel Tank Specifications


Specification Value

Diameter (m) 4

Height (m) 3

Stainless Steel 316


1
Bottom plate mm (inch) 6.4 (1/4)
1
Side plates mm (inch) 6.4 (1/4)

Top plates mm (inch) 3.2 (1/8)

Rolled angle outer support at 1.5m high 76x76x6.4 (3 x 3 x ¼) - top supports


mm (inch)

Man way, mm (inch) 1 only 610 (24") gasketed stainless steel

Flanges mm (inch) 7 only 100 (4") pipes approx. 205 (8")


long

Access ladder current access system to be reused


1
If required, plate thickness could be increased to e.g. 9.5 mm (3/8”), to be confirmed during the design

3.2.1.2 Constructability
Due to limited accessibility to the ammonia storage room, all materials would be shop prepared and
shipped to the site. The tanks would be 100 % welded (to CWB standards) and installed on site in the
chemical storage room. Please refer to section 3.3.1 for further details. The power requirement for the site
fabrication would be 120 volts 1 phase and 600 volt 3 phase. Tank testing would be radiographic or
ultrasonic testing of randomly selected welds. After successful ultrasonic or radiographic testing,
additional hydrostatic pressure testing would be provided.

It should be noted that Stainless Steel tanks can also be pre-fabricated. However, to install the tanks, the
celling of the ammonia storage room would need to be demolished to provide accessibility to this room.
Please refer to section 3.3.2 for more details.

WSP Canada Inc. 3-6


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3.2.1.3 Capital Cost


The following table summarises the costs of on-site construction of stainless steel (SS) tanks and
prefabricated SS tanks. For stainless steel tanks, internal liner is not required.
Table 3-2 Capital cost for SS tanks
Tank Material Capital Cost
1
316 Stainless Steel – welded on site $ 62 500.00/tank
2
Pre- fabricated 316 Stainless Steel – excluding $ 76 800.00/tank
the cost of demolishing the roof

- Add 4m x 4m opening above Chemical $ 125 000.00


Room 3 (engineering cost included)

- Delivery Cost (4-6 weeks) $ 11 000.00


3
- Modification to existing tank FRP $ 5 000.00
access structure pipes and valves
(assumed cost)
1
Includes the mobilization/ demobilisation, material delivery and tank installation cost.
2
The cost of delivery and installation is not included
3
The existing access structure would be re-used (some minor modification may be required).

3.2.2 Option 2 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics (FRP)


3.2.2.1 Technical Specifications
This option includes the installation Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics (FRP) tanks with an approximate total
3
volume of 56 to 60 m . FRP is a corrosion resistant material compatible with aqueous ammonia, and
therefore the RFP tanks would not require any liners. The following options are proposed for the
installation of FRP tanks in the chemical storage room:
Bolted FRP tanks:
3
This option includes the installation of two FRP tanks with a total volume of 60 m . The material for this
type of tank would be shipped to the site and bolted inside the ammonia storage room. Since this type of
tank is assembled on site, there is a possibility for leakage. Although several gaskets would be used
during the bolting process, the tanks are not fully sealed and therefore it will not be discussed further.
Table 3-3 Bolted FRP tanks description
Specification Value

Diameter 4m

Height 3m

Construction Bolted on site

Top and bottom Flat

Manway 1

Ports All required ports to be provided

WSP Canada Inc. 3-7


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Pre-fabricated FRP tanks:


3
This option includes the installation of two (2) or six (6) FRP tanks with a total volume of 56 to 60 m . The
3
following table is the technical description of two (30 m each) prefabricated FRP tanks:

Figure 3-1 Pre-Fabricated FRP tank

Table 3-4 Prefabricated FRP tanks description


Specification Value

Description 2 tanks

Diameter 4m

Height 3m

Construction Pre-fabricated

Top and bottom Flat

Manway mm (inch) 1 x 610 (24”) side manway

Nozzles mm (inch) 4 x 100 (4”)

Other Lift lugs and Hold down lugs

Examples of Installations - Aqueous Ammonia Storage, Great North


Chemicals, Maple ON
- Aqueous Ammonia Storage, Anco Chemicals,
Maple, ON

Please refer to section 3.3.2 for more details on the constructability of these types of tanks.
The following table provides details on six (6) smaller pre-fabricated FRP tanks:
Table 3-5 Smaller FRP tanks description
Specification

Description 6 tanks

Diameter 2m

Height 3m

Construction Pre-fabricated

WSP Canada Inc. 3-8


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Top and bottom Flat

Manway mm (inch) 1 x 450 (18”) side manway

Nozzles mm (inch) 4 x 100 (4”)

Other Lift lugs and Hold down lugs

Please refer to section 3.3.2 for more details on the constructability of these types of tanks

3.2.2.2 Constructability
3
Installation of two (2) FRP tanks (each 30 m ): Due to limited accessibility to the ammonia storage room,
the celling of the ammonia storage room would be demolished to provide accessibility to this room. After
the installation of the tanks, roof should be reconstructed. However, if required, this option will not allow
any future possible tank replacement. Please refer to section 3.3.2 for more details.
3
Installation of six (6) FRP tanks (approximate volume of 7.6 m each): there are two feasible ways to bring
these pre-fabricated FRP tanks to the ammonia storage room: 1) expanding the existing hatch located in
the ammonia storage room to provide permanent access to the chemical storage area 2) using the north
corridor and overhead monorails in the existing Decant Tank Service room. Please refer to section 3.2.2
for more details. It should be noted that installation of six (6) tanks will result in a more complicated
operation and maintenance process.

3.2.2.3 Capital Cost


The following table presents the capital cost associated with different FRP tank options:
Table 3-6 Capital cost for FRP tanks
Tank Material – Construction Capital cost
3 1
Pre-Fabricated FRP tanks (2 tanks, each 30 m ) $ 40 000.00/tank

- Add 4m x 4m opening above Chemical $ 125 000.00


Room 3 (engineering cost included)
2
- Modification to existing tank FRP access $ 5 000.00
structure, pipes and valves (assumed
cost)
1
Pre-Fabricated FRP tanks (6 tanks) $ 12 500.00/tank

- Add 2.5m x 2.5m opening above $ 85 000.00


Chemical room 3 (engineering included)

- OR: Transport tanks using monorail $ 50 000.00


(engineering included)
3
- New FRP access structure, pipes and $ 25 000.00
valves (assumed cost)
Delivery Cost for 2 or 6 tanks $ 8 000.00
1
The cost of delivery, craning, rigging, offloading, installation, piping, level instruments or vapor recovery systems are not included
2
Existing FRP access structure would be reused (some minor modification may be required)
3
New FRP access structure would be required

WSP Canada Inc. 3-9


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3.2.3 Option 3 High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

3.2.3.1 Technical Specifications


This option includes the installation of High-density polyethylene (HDPE) tanks with an approximate total
3
volume of 56 to 60 m . These types of tanks are corrosion resistant and compatible with almost all
chemicals used in water treatment including aqueous ammonia; therefore they do not require any liner.
Figure 3-1 is an indication of this type of tank. The following tanks can be installed at the chemical
storage room:

3
Two (2) 30 m HDPE tanks:
Table 3-7 Description of HDPE tanks (Quantity: 2)
Specification Value

Diameter 3.63 m

Height 3.60 m

Construction Pre-fabricated, Rotationally-molded tank, one-piece


seamless construction

Bottom Flat

Lid size, mm (inch) 610 (24)

Fittings, mm (inch) 100 (4”) flanged style inlet at top, 100 (4”) flanged
style fitting for level on dome, 100 (4”) flanged
overflow fitting, 2 x 100 (4”) spare flange style
fittings at top, 100 (4”) flanged outlet, 150 (6”) U-
vent, 50 (2”) flanged fitting for reverse float level
gauge, Reverse float level gauge included with
vertical support assembly

Ladder, m (ft) FRP ladder, height 4 (12)

Examples of Installations - Sarnia WWTP Alum Building – 2 x 6500


gal tanks for alum
- Alvinston WTP - 1000 gal tank for alum
- Brigden PS – 5300 gal tank for alum
- Owen Sound -5100 gal tank for sodium
hypochlorite
- Tottenham WWTP – 2 x 8700 gal tanks for
alum and caustic
- Sudbury Biosolids – 8050 gal tank for
ammonium hydroxide
- Muskoka – Bracebridge WTP – 475 gal
tank for fluoride
- Springwater Vespra WWTP – 3 x 4150 gal
tanks for alum

WSP Canada Inc. 3-10


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Six (6) or nine (9) smaller tanks:


1
Table 3-8 Description of HDPE tanks (Quantity: 6 or 9)
Specification Value

Description 6 tanks 9 tanks

Diameter, m (ft-inch) 2.16 (7’-1”) 1.85 (6’-1”)

Height, m (ft-inch) 3.15 (10’-4”) 2.92 (9’-7”)

Construction Pre-Fabricated Pre-Fabricated

Bottom Flat Flat


3
Volume, m (gallons) 9.65 (2550) 6.43 (1700)

Fittings 100 (4”) flanged style inlet at top, 100 (4”) flanged style inlet at
100 (4”) flanged style fitting for top, 100 (4”) flanged style fitting
level on dome, 100 (4”) flanged for level on dome, 100 (4”)
overflow fitting, 2 x 100 (4”) spare flanged overflow fitting, 2 x 100
flange style fittings at top, 100 (4”) (4”) spare flange style fittings at
flanged outlet, 150 (6”) U-vent, 50 top, 100 (4”) flanged outlet, 150
(2”) flanged fitting for reverse float (6”) U-vent, 50 (2”) flanged
level gauge, Reverse float level fitting for reverse float level
gauge included with vertical gauge, Reverse float level
support assembly gauge included with vertical
support assembly

Ladder, m (ft) FRP ladder included, height 3.05 FRP ladder included, height2.74
(10) (9)
1
New FRP access structure and piping would be required.

3.2.3.2 Constructability
3
Installation of two (2) HDPE tanks (each 30 m ): Due to limited accessibility to
the ammonia storage room, the celling of the ammonia storage room would be
demolished to provide accessibility to this room. After the installation of the
tanks, roof should be reconstructed. However, if required, this option does not
allow any future possible tank replacement. Please refer to section 3.3.2 for
more details.
3 3
Installation of six (6) or nine (9) HDPE tanks (each 9.65 m or 6.43 m
respectively): there are two feasible ways to bring these pre-fabricated FRP
tanks to the ammonia storage room:
1) Expanding the existing hatch located in the ammonia storage room to provide
permanent access to the chemical storage area
2) Using the north corridor and overhead monorails in the existing Decant Tank
Service room. Please refer to section 3.2.2 for more details.
It should be noted installation of six (6) or nine (9) tanks would require a more
complicated operation and maintenance process.

Figure 3-2 HDPE tanks

WSP Canada Inc. 3-11


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3.2.3.3 Capital Cost


The following table presents the capital cost associated with different HDPE tanks:
1
Table 3-9 Capital cost for HDPE tanks
Tank Material – Construction Capital cost
2
Pre-Fabricated HDPE tanks (2 tanks, each 30 m3) $ 20 400.00/tank
3
- Optional adder for IMFO $ 7300.00 (for 2 tanks)

- Add 4m x 4m opening above Chemical $ 125 000.00


Room 3 (engineering cost included)
2
Pre-Fabricated HDPE tanks (6 smaller tanks) $ 11 150.00/tank

- Optional adder for IMFO $ 11 500.00 (for 6 tanks)


2
Pre-Fabricated HDPE tanks (9 smaller tanks) – $ 8 100.00/tank
IMFO not available for this option

- Add 2.5m x 2.5m opening above Chemical $ 85 000.00


room 3 (engineering included)

- OR: Transport tanks using monorail $ 50 000.00


(engineering included)
New FRP access structure, pipes and valves $ 25 000.00
(assumed cost)
Delivery Cost for 2, 6 or 9 tanks $ 7 500.00
1
All option would require provision for new FRP access structure, pipes and valves.
2
Installation and delivery cost is not included
3
Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet

3.2.4 Option 4: Cast-in-Place Concrete Tank

3.2.4.1 Technical Specifications


With the existing hatch opening in the ceiling of Chemical Room 3, new cast-in-place concrete tanks
would be constructed on site. A liner system is required inside the concrete tank for ammonia storage.
3
Two (2) concrete tanks with a total volume of 60 m :
Table 3-10 Description of Cast in place Concrete tanks
Specification Value

Width x Length 3.6m x 5m

Height 2m

Construction Cast-in-place

Bottom 400 mm thick

Wall 350 mm thick

Ladder 2m high FRP access ladder

WSP Canada Inc. 3-12


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3.2.4.2 Constructability
2
According to record drawings, the floor slab is capable of sustaining 25kPa/m of live load. The self-
weight of reinforced concrete tanks is much higher than that of stainless steel or FRP tanks. For holding a
same amount of ammonia liquid, the footprint of the new concrete tanks will need to be greater than the
existing tank footprints in order to lower the liquid level inside the tanks to compensate for the increased
self-weight. A liner system is also required inside the concrete tank for ammonia storage.

3.2.4.3 Capital Cost


1
Table 3-11 Capital cost for Cast-in Place Concrete

2
Concrete Tank $ 85 000.00/tank

Option 1: Flexible PVC closed top liner (Pre- $ 16 000.00/tank


fabricted)
Option 2: Chemical Resistant Coating (installed 3
in-situ) $ 25 000.00/ tank

New FRP access structure, pipes and valves $ 25 000.00


(assumed cost)
1
Option would require provision for new FRP access structure, pipes and valves
2
Installation and delivery costs are included
3
Material and installation cost. Safety setup and travelling expenses would be additional.

3.2.5 Option 5: Steel Tank

3.2.5.1 Technical Specifications


3 3
This option includes the installation of two (2) Steel tanks with a total volume of 60 m (each 30 m ).
These types of tanks are made of Glass Fused Steel panels which would be bolted on site. The
arrangements of the bolts are different from other types of tanks which allow the steel panels to overlap
each other and ensure complete seal. After the construction, they would be water tested on site to ensure
there is no leakage. This type of tanks has been used for several applications e.g. in anaerobic digestion
at Disco Road and Vanley Crescent Green Bin Facility (Ontario); Table 3-12 describes the specification of
this option.

WSP Canada Inc. 3-13


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Figure 3-3 Glass Fused to Steel Tanks with Roofs, Disco Road Facility, Toronto, ON

Table 3-12 Description of Glass Fused Steel Tanks


Specification Value

Diameter 4.27 m

Height 3.1 m
1
Material Permastore Model 1410 Glass-Fused-to-steel

Construction Bolted on site

Other Inclusive of ancillaries as required

- Anaerobic Digesters & Sequencing Batch


Reactors, Disco Road Facility, Toronto, ON
- Reverse Osmosis Water Storage, Bienfait
Examples of Installations Activated Carbon, Estevan, SK
- Moving Bed Bioreactor & Other Tanks,
British Columbia
- Process/Fire Water Tank, Northland
Power, North Battleford, SK
1
Refer to Appendix A for technical data and material specification.

3.2.5.2 Constructability
This tank would be constructed on site at the ammonia storage room. The glass-fused steel panels (each
1.52 m x 2.44 m) would be delivered to the site and assembled (bolted) in the ammonia storage room.
Please refer to section 3.3.1 for further details.

3.2.5.3 Capital Cost


Table 3-13 Capital cost for Steel tanks
Tank Material – Construction Capital cost
1
Glass-Fused-to-steel bolted steel tank (2 tanks, $ 66 000.00 /tank
3
each 30 m )

WSP Canada Inc. 3-14


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Total Delivery Cost for two tanks $ 22 000.00

Flexible PVC closed top liner $ 16 000.00/tank


2
Modification to existing tank FRP access $ 5 000.00
structure pipes and valves (assumed cost)
1
Installation cost is included
2
Option requires p some modification to the existing FRP access structure (platform), piping and valves.

3.3 Constructability
3.3.1 Field Assembled Tanks
Due to limited accessibility to the ammonia storage room, small tank parts would be produced at shop
and transported into the chemical room through access man doors (1m wide x 2.2m high). The small
parts would then be assembled using either field welding (e.g. stainless steel tanks) or bolted connections
(e.g. FRP tanks and glass-fuse steel tanks). The welded tanks provide higher joint quality than those
bolted.

The costs of field assembled tanks would be higher than the shop fabricated tanks because field
assembled tanks would need a customized design. The field welded tanks would require more thorough
and extensive quality control and testing of welded joints.
3.3.2 Shop Fabricated Tanks
Shop fabricated tanks (all discussed materials) could be purchased at a lower price. However, tanks
cannot be delivered into the chemical storage room without provision of some modifications to the
existing structure.

 Option 1
A large opening in the ceiling of Chemical Room 3 would be added to allow for transportation of the
tanks into the room.

Addition of this new opening would compromise the integrity of the roof structure; therefore a detailed
review of the existing underground structure and a structural analysis of the existing roof slab with the
new opening would be required. Depending on the size of the new opening, it is likely that the existing
roof would require reinforcing around the opening. Considerations should be given to install some
steel beams under the existing roof slab to transfer loadings to existing roof beams and columns prior
to cutting the new opening.

New concrete curbs around the opening and a top cover with proper roof waterproofing and insulation
would also be required since the existing roof slab is buried below grade. With this option, the new
opening could be utilized to add or remove tanks in the future.

 Option 2

Another option is to transport the tanks through the north corridor using the existing 2.0-tonne
overhead monorails inside the Decant Tank Service Room.

The tanks would be transported through the Service Building into the RMF recycle area, then being
picked up by the existing overhead monorails through an existing floor opening (2.825m wide x 4.18m
long) at the Decant Tank Service Platform.

The existing wall openings (1.5m wide x 2.31m high) in the dividing walls (1.1m thick) between the
Decant Tank Access Room and the recycle area have to be enlarged to allow the passage of the
tanks. A new opening would be added in the dividing wall (300 mm thick) located between the
Decant Tank Access Room and Chemical Room no. 3. This opening is to be sealed and covered for

WSP Canada Inc. 3-15


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

future use. Some of the existing guard railings along the north corridor would be temporarily removed
to allow the passage of the tanks; they would be reinstalled after the tanks have been installed. A
new monorail system would be needed to transport the new tanks from the Decant Tank Access
Room to the chemical room.

Both of the above options provide permanent access to the chemical storage area Therefore, any future
maintenance and replacement could be performed through the expanded hatch or the openings provided
in the north corridor.

4. EVALUATION OF OPTIONS
The Table 4-1 is a summary of all the options of tanks along with their specifications and capital cost.

WSP Canada Inc. 4-16


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

5,6
Table 4-1 Evaluation of different tank materials, fabrication, constructability and their associated costs
Estimated
Future Maintenance
Evaluation Filing Life Platform Liner Cost Cost per each Total Delivery Total Constructability Estimated Capital
Qty. Liner Constructability Removal/ Level and Warranty Leakage Supplier
Criteria Protocol Expectancy Modifications per tank Tank Cost Installation Cost Cost
Replacement Operation
Cost

Welded on Minor
Same as 10-Tech
site/access man
2 No existing Not possible Low 40-50 years 2 years No N/A 316 SS: $ 62 500.00 included Included N/A $ 130 000.00 Industrial
doors or existing Cost:
conditions Inc.
Stainless openings $ 5 000.00
Steel 1
Minor
Pre-Fabricated/ Same as
Can-AM
2 No opening the existing Not possible Low 40-50 years 2 years No N/A 316 SS: $ 76 800.00 11 000.00 $ 46 000.00 $125 000.00 $ 340 600.00
Cost: Instrument
ceiling conditions
$ 5 000.00

Minor
Pre-Fabricated/ Same as
Can-AM
2 No opening the existing Not possible Low 25 years 1 year No N/A $ 40 000.00 $ 8 000.00 $ 25 000.00 $ 125 000.00 $ 243 000.00
Cost: Instrument
ceiling conditions
$ 5 000.00
FRP4
Pre-Fabricated/ Require New Platform
expansion of the additional Option 1: $ 85 000.00 Option 1: $ 218 000.00 Can-AM
6 No Possible Moderate 25 years 1 year No N/A $ 12 500.00 $ 8 000.00 $ 25 000.00
existing hatch or piping and Cost: Option 2: $ 50 000.00 Option 2: $ 183 000.00 Instrument
north corridor connections $ 25 000.00

ACO
Container
Systems
New Platform
Pre-Fabricated/ Same as Ltd.
2 No opening the existing Not possible Low 20 years 5 years No N/A $ 20 400.00 $ 7 500.00 $ 12 500.00 $ 125 000.00 $ 210 800.00
Cost:
ceiling conditions Metcon
$ 25 000.00
sales &
engineering
Ltd.
HDPE Pre-Fabricated/ Require New Platform Metcon
expansion of the additional Option 1: $ 85 000.00 Option 1: $ 204 400.00 sales &
6 No Possible Moderate 20 years 5 years No N/A $ 11 150.00 $ 7 500.00 $ 20 000.00
existing hatch or piping and Cost: Option 2: $ 50 000.00 Option 2: $ 169 400.00 engineering
north corridor connections $ 25 000.00 Ltd.

Pre-Fabricated/ Require New Platform Metcon


Option 1: $ 212 400.00
expansion of the additional Option 1: $ 85 000.00 sales &
9 No Possible High 20 years 5 years No N/A $ 8 100.00 $ 7 500.00 $ 22 000.00 Option 2: $ 177 400.00
existing hatch or piping and Cost: Option 2: $ 50 000.00 engineering
north corridor connections $ 25 000.00 Ltd.

On site access New Platform


Same as
man doors or
Concrete 2 Yes existing Not possible Low 50 years8 - Possible 3 $ 16 000.00 $85 000.007 Included Included N/A $ 227 000.00 -
existing Cost:
conditions
openings $ 25 000.00

Bolted on site/ Minor


Steel Same as
access man
(Glass- 2 Yes existing Possible Low 30 years 5 years Possible2 $ 16 000.00 $ 66 000.00 $ 22 000.00 $ 66 000.00 N/A $ 257 000.00 H2flow
doors or existing Cost:
Fused) conditions
openings $ 5 000.00
1
Field testing would be required for SS tanks
2
Steel tanks are bolted therefore there is a possibility for leakage.
3
Concrete tanks require a liner. Liners are susceptible to corrosion.
4
Extended Warranty can be provided at an extra cost – To be confirmed during the detailed design phase.
5
For the complete cost of the preferred option, please refer to Appendix B – Please note that all cost estimates have an accuracy of -15% to +25%
6
Please note that the cost of the following items has not been included in this table: modification to pipes and valves, scrubber, emergency scrubber, electrical & control, programming and updating PCN, general requirements, etc. Please refer to Appendix B
7
Including engineering fee
8
This is the life expectancy of the concrete tanks.

WSP Canada Inc. 4-1


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

5. Ammonia Scrubber
The existing ammonia storage room does not have any ammonia scrubbing system in place to prevent
any chemical leakage or to control the ammonia fumes in the storage room during filling and normal
operation. Therefore, in this section we have proposed two types of scrubbers:

5.1 Option 1: Wet Scrubber


Figure 5-1 is an indication of this type of scrubber which uses water as for scrubbing liquid. Ammonia
fumes are forced counter current upwards through the water irrigated 1.8 m (6 ft.) deep packed bed.
Meanwhile, scrubbing liquid is distributed at the top section of the packed bed and trickles downward
through the bed where contaminants get separated from the gas phase. The clean gas passes through a
mist eliminator as it exits upward from the scrubber and the scrubbing liquid is collected at the bottom of
the unit in the recirculation sump.

Figure 5-1 Wet Scrubber description

WSP Canada Inc. 5-1


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

The unit has a passive operation with a nominal capacity of 20 L/s (40 cfm) (dimensions: diameter of 150
mm (6”) and height of 3.76 m (148”)). The tower is made from FRP with polypro internals such as spray
nozzles, mist eliminator pas and packing. Water demand is 0.05 L/s (0.75 gpm) fresh water at 70 kPa (10
psig) or higher once through the waste. To install the system, a mounting rubber pad is required to be
placed at the bottom section of the FRP tank. Hold-down lug anchors are also required.
The tank vent pipes would be connected to the scrubber inlet port. While the tanks are filled with
ammonia, the fumes would be discharged to the scrubber for ammonia stripping. The generated
ammonia-water solution would be pumped out to the water treatment process. A new pump, fan, basin,
water service, process discharge, electrical and control equipment would be provided for the facility
operation. The entire process would be controlled by PLC.
The following table indicates the cost of a wet packed tower scrubber.
Table 5-1 Capital cost for wet packed tower scrubber
Scrubber Type Cost
1
Wet Packed Tower Scrubber – Type 955 $ 37 000.00

Delivery Cost (included) Included ($ 525.00)

House Keeping Pad $ 2 000.00

Air Ducts $ 2 500.00

Micsellanous (pump, fan, valves, pipes, controls, $ 10 000.00


assumed)

Estimated Installation Cost $ 7 500.00

Total Cost $ 59 000.00


1
Installation cost not included, the supplier has confirmed the cost of this supply which does include the delivery cost and the
system requirements

5.2 Option 2: Dry Scrubber


Figure 5-2 is an indication of VEGA-PA dry scrubber (by Severn Trent) with dry carbon media (by Purafil
Inc.) impregnated with phosphoric acid. This unit has a diameter of 34” and a height of 65.02” with an
ammonia vapor capacity of 200 days, which can be installed indoor. Ammonia gasses enter from the
bottom part of the system through a 38 DIA (1.5”) vapor line and pass through the dry carbon media
impregnated with phosphoric acid. Clean gas exits from the top 75 DIA (3”) vapor outlet.

WSP Canada Inc. 5-2


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Figure 5-2 Passive NH3 Dry Scrubber system


Table 5-2 indicated the cost for this type of dry scrubber.
Table 5-2 Capital cost for passive NH3 dry scrubber system

Scrubber Type Cost


1
VEGA-PA dry scrubber $ 37 000.00

Delivery Cost (included) Included ($ 575.00)

House Keeping Pad $ 2 000.00

Air Ducts $ 2 500.00

Micsellanous (assumed) $ 2 000.00

Estimated Installation Cost $ 5 000.00

Total Cost $ 48 500.00


1
Installation cost not included, the supplier has confirmed the cost of this supplier which does include the delivery cost and the
system requirements

Another type of media which can be used for ammonia gas scrubbing is Puracarb AM media. This unit
3
contains 0.5 m (17 cu ft), of this media for the removal of ammonia gas through adsorption, absorption
3
and chemical reactions and it is sized for airflows up to 0.24 m /s (500 cfm) with a 1.5 horsepower motor
(inlet diameter: 200 mm (8“)). As ammonia gas passes through the media, it gets trapped within the
pellets where chemical reactions prevents them from desorption. This type of media has a 5.8% removal
capacity (by weight) of ammonia with an overall media performance of minimum 99.5% initial removal
efficiency. Figure 5-3 indicated DS-500 Drum Scrubber for this application.

WSP Canada Inc. 5-3


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

Figure 5-3 Purafil Inc., Model DS-500 Drum Scrubber

If this system is exposed to water droplets, the media performance will diminish. Therefore this system
would be accompanied with a mist eliminator on the air inlet to prevent the entry of water to the system.
The following table indicates the cost of this type of scrubbers.
Table 5-3 Capital cosy for Purafil Inc., Model DS-500 Drum Scrubber

Scrubber Type Cost


1
Purafil Inc., Model DS-500 Drum Scrubber - c/w $ 13 695.00
1.5 HP TEFC motor, 6 ft. power cord

Explosion proof fan motor (Optional) $ 1 125.00

Delivery Cost (included) Included

Mist eliminator (Optional) $ 2 434.00

House Keeping Pad $ 2 000.00

Air Ducts $ 2 500.00

Miscellaneous (assumed) $ 2 000.00

Estimated Installation Cost $ 5 000.00

Total Cost $ 28 754.00


1
Price includes freight charges. Installation cost is not included.

6. PROCESS PIPING MODIFICATION


Existing pipes, valves and fittings would need to be modified or replaced to suit new tank layout. This
includes the connection to the existing chemical dosing system, fill line, vent line, overflow, drain, new
scrubber, etc. These modifications would be completed after the tank layout is confirmed.

WSP Canada Inc. 6-4


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

7. VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Existing Ventilation
The existing ventilation system in the ammonia storage room consists of an air supply and exhaust
systems.
The air supplied through an air handling unit (AHU-6801) located above the clarifier thickener tank area.
The AHU is servicing all chemical rooms by providing pre-heated air through a common duct header. Air
is discharged to the ammonia room via two (2) horizontal diffusers with a dimension of 500 x 400 mm (W
x H) which are installed in the duct. The diffusers are located on the south wall of the room.
The air from the room is exhausted via two (2) exhaust louvers with a dimension of 900 x 600 mm (W x H)
located on the north wall. The exhaust louver ducts are connected to a common 700 x 450 mm exhaust
duct, which is, in turn, connected to a suction side of the exhaust fan (EF-6815).
During the normal operation of the system, air is supplied at a rate of 1,414 L/s (or 6.6 air changes per
hour – ACH) to the ammonia storage room and exhausted at a rate of 1,420 L/s. Since the rate of air
exhaustion is greater than the rate of air supply, the pressure of the room is maintained at a negative
level. This prevents ammonia vapors escaping to the adjacent premises.
In case of an emergency, EF-6815 has been designed to run at a high speed, providing 2,356 L/s (11
ACH).

7.2 Future Ventilation Requirements


The existing ventilation system discharges air to outdoors without any pre-treatment. In case of an
emergency, EF-6815 switches to a high speed.
For future, it is recommended to install a dry activated carbon scrubber at the exhaust side of EF-6815 for
ammonia sorption.

8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS


As confirmed by the City, structural modifications to the existing ammonia storage room would not be an
acceptable option. Three of the main reasons are as follow: structural modifications would compromise
the load capacity of the roof system, the new structural joints would be prone to potential leaks in the
future and it is not a cost effective approach. Since installation of pre-fabricated tanks requires
modifications to the existing structure, they would not be considered for upgrading the existing wood
stave ammonia tanks.
The other three (3) remaining options (e.g. concrete tank, glass-fused tank and stainless steel tank) are
discussed and summarized as follows:
- Concrete tank is a very heavy structure and requires an internal liner or a chemically resistant
coating on the concrete, therefore, it would be a similar arrangement as the existing tanks – this
option is declined.
- Glass-fused tank, assembled on site (by bolting and gasketing), may have leakage through the
gaskets, requires an internal liner and it is relatively expensive - this option is also declined.
- Site-fabricated stainless steel tank does meet major City’s requirements; the welded joints of the
tank provide a high degree of chemical isolation and an internal liner is not required.

The following recommendations are provided:


- In order to maintain the operation of the facility, the existing tanks would be removed one-by-one.
Therefore, at all times one of the tanks would be in operation.

WSP Canada Inc. 8-5


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

3
- Two (2) identical tanks (28 m each) would be supplied and fabricated in the ammonia storage
room (one-by-one). Construction material of the tanks would be 316L stainless steel.
- The new tank configuration would be the same as the existing tanks (diameter, height, nozzles
layout, instrument layout, etc.).
- The existing RFP access structure (platform) would be re-used (some minor modification may be
needed and is to be confirmed during design phase).
- A new wet scrubber would be provided in the ammonia storage room; the scrubber would be
connected to the tank vent pipes and used during filling and discharging operations.
- For emergency situations, a new dry scrubber would be provided and connected to the exhaust of
EF-6815.
- Modifications to existing pipes and re-commissioning controls and provisions for new controls
would be required.

9. SUMMARY
This technical memorandum discusses five (5) different types of martial for aqueous ammonia storage
tanks. The new tanks are required for replacing the existing wood stave tanks, currently used for the
storage of aqueous ammonia.
Based on the City’s requirement (provisions for the facility upgrading without structural modification and a
cost effective option), on-site fabrication of two (2) new stainless steel tanks with similar dimensions and
capacity as the existing ones is recommended. These tanks should be supplied and fabricated one-by-
one to maintain the continuous operation of the ammonia facility.
In order to control the ammonia fumes during the filling and regular operations, two (2) types of ammonia
scrubber systems (wet and dry scrubbers) are discussed. The dry-type scrubber is recommended.
In the event of a chemical leakage at the RC Harris WTP ammonia storage room, a new dry scrubber is
recommended to be installed in the EF-6815 exhaust duct.
The preliminary construction cost estimate for the Replacement of Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks
project would be $ 484 000.00 including engineering (20%), Contractor’s overhead (10%) and
contingency (10%). Please refer to Appendix B for the associated cost breakdown.
The cost estimate has been prepared using cost data from similar recent projects. The cost estimates
were prepared to be between -15% and +25% accuracy.

WSP Canada Inc. 9-6


Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

APPENDIX A
EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL DATA

WSP Canada Inc. 9-7


575.0900.0
Formerly 575.0040
Design improvements may be made without notice.
Represented by:

Severn Trent Services


3000 Advance Lane Colmar, PA 18915
Tel: 215-997-4000 • Fax: 215-997-4062
Web: www.severntrentservices.com
E-mail: marketing@severntrentservices.com

08/06 Copyright 2006 Severn Trent Services


575.0900.0 -2-
AQUA AMMONIA Technical
Information
Ammonium Hydroxide
Properties MSDS
#1130

Product Description
Total Ammonia by weight typical 19% 30%
AQUA AMMONIA, aqueous ammonia and ammonium hydroxide are synonymous
terms referring to a solution of ammonia in water. Aqua is a high purity solution Total Ammonia, % by weight minimum 18.5 29.4
produced using demineralized water and is suitable for applications that require low Chloride, ppm typical <1 ppm <1 ppm
levels of trace minerals. This product is used in stack emission control systems to Sodium, ppm typical <1 ppm <1 ppm
neutralize sulfur oxides from combustion of sulfur-containing fuels and as a method Phosphate, ppm typical <1 ppm <1 ppm
of NOx control in both catalytic and non-catalytic applications. It is also used for pH
Sulfate, ppm typical <1 ppm <1 ppm
control, nutrient for waste disposal systems and wood treating.
Nitrate, ppm typical N/A <1 ppm
Application Recommendations Heavy Metals, ppm typical <1ppm <1ppm
• A
 QUA AMMONIA is used as a source of ammonia and is the preferred form for Iron, ppm typical N/A <1 ppm
users who need to avoid the storage of the compressed gas, which is considered Specific Gravity, @ 60oF 0.9293 0.896
to be more hazardous. o
Approximately Density, @ 60 F (lbs/gal) 7.74 7.47
• A
 QUAAMMONIA can be injected as a liquid into various process streams and quickly
o
vaporized with the addition of heat into water vapor and gaseous ammonia. It also Boiling Temperature, °F 120.6 F 83.5oF
is used as a base to neutralize acidic conditions in various chemical processes. Freezing Temperature, °F o
-28 F -119oF
Transportation, Storage and Handling Vapor Pressure, @ 100oF (psia) 9.0 22.0
• A
 QUA AMMONIA is transported in tanker trucks suitable for hauling corrosive Physical Form Liquid Liquid
materials. The trailers are constructed of stainless steel since AQUA AMMONIA is Color Clear Clear
corrosive to carbon steel.
• Storage containers must ALWAYS conform to all applicable requirements for the
locale and generally have some type of vapor recovery system for the ammonia Hazardous Shipping Description
fumes. Tanks are most generally constructed of stainless steel or carbon steel with a • A
 QUA AMMONIA is defined as DOT hazard class 8, corrosive. The trailers must be
non-corrosive liner. placarded with the corrosive label and also display the international transportation
• When handling, ALWAYS use approved personal protective equipment, gloves number UN2672.
• A
 spill of 1,000 pounds or more is a reportable quantity (RQ) pursuant to
goggles, face shield, boots and water impervious clothing.
CERCLA Section 311 of the Clean Water Act.
• C
 onsult MSDS #1130 for more specific and comprehensive information
about chemical hazards.

Product Disclaimer Dyno Nobel Inc. and its subsidiaries disclaim any warranties with respect to this product, the safety or suitability thereof, or the results to be obtained, whether express or
implied, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR OTHER WARRANTY. Buyers and users
assume all risk, responsibility and liability whatsoever from any and all injuries (including death), losses, or damages to persons or property arising from the use of this product. Under no circumstances
shall Dyno Nobel Inc. or any of its subsidiaries be liable for special, consequential or incidental damages or for anticipated loss of profits.

NCSH-06-05-05-11

Dyno Nobel Inc.


2795 East Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121 USA
Phone 800-732-7534 Fax 801-328-6452 Web www.dynonobel.com
Chemical Storage Tank Systems And Accessories
Product and Resource Guide
Table Of Contents

Introduction 1 Pre-Purchase Guide 35


Who is Poly Processing? 2 Chemical Resistance Guide 36
About XLPE 4 Limited Warranty 37
NSF Certification 5 Tank Specifications 38
Our Innovations 6 our tank offerings 39
OR-1000™ 6 SAFE-Tank® System 41
IMFO® 7 Vertical Tanks With IMFO® 42
SAFE-Tank® 8 Vertical Tanks 43
The B.O.S.S.™ 9 Cone-Bottom Tanks 44
SAFE-Surge™ Manway Covers 9 Open-Top Tanks 45
Enhanced Bellows Secondary Containment Basins 46
Transition Fittings 9
Horizontal Tanks 47
Our Tank Systems 10
Fittings and Accessories 48
Sodium Hypochlorite 11
fittings 49
Sulfuric Acid 15
plumbing 53
Hydrochloric Acid 19
manways/lids 58
additional chemicals overview 23
accessories 60
Sodium Hydroxide 25
restraints 62
Hydrofluoric Acid 27
vents 63
Hydrofluosilicic Acid 29
delivery 64
Ferrics, Alums and polymers 31
hydrogen peroxide 33
INTRODUCTION

Introduction
When chemical storage solutions are smarter, your job is easier.

That is our goal at Poly Processing – to bring you safer, smarter tanks and fittings that
make chemical storage easy for you.

We do this by basing our systems on your processing needs. At Poly, each storage
system is designed specifically for the chemical it will contain. So issues like fuming,
temperature sensitivity, weight and chemical reaction are all used to create the ideal
storage situation, at drawing-board level.

We’ve been pioneers in rotational molding – and that has led to one of the most durable
and affordable solutions for chemical storage: high-density crosslinked polyethylene,
or XLPE. This thermoset resin gives you 20 times the environmental stress crack
resistance, 10 times the molecular weight and 5 times the impact and tensile strength of
standard high-density linear polyethylene.

Our IMFO® (Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet) tanks give you the capability for full
drainage, which makes sludge buildup easier to control. Our B.O.S.S.™ fitting is designed for
a sure seal, with a simplified structure that prevents leakage. Our SAFE-Tank® double-wall
tanks provide containment with a minimal footprint. And our OR-1000™ engineered
system gives you 4 times the antioxidant strength of a standard polyethylene.

Combine those innovations with bend-over-backwards service, and you get a true
partner in advanced chemical storage.

1
Who Is Poly Processing?

Known as a leader in crosslinked polyethylene chemical tanks, Poly Processing is a


company dedicated to storage safety, as well as operational- and cost-effectiveness.
This national company has worked to raise the standards of the industry and continually
develops new and better storage concepts that are based on client feedback.

Formerly known as the Abell Company, Poly was founded in 1955 as an agricultural
distribution service. In 1970, the Abell family recognized a need for better storage solutions
for corrosive chemicals. They developed a process for rotomolded, crosslinked plastic
storage as an alternative to FRP, stainless steel and lined steel. Today, Poly Processing has
manufacturing facilities in Louisiana, California and Virginia.

Poly Processing works with industry professionals and major educational facilities to
research and develop further advances in chemical storage.

While Poly is known for its technological innovations, it is also known for its human
approach to business and service. Here, every phone call is answered by a person, not
a machine – and customer service is at the heart of all we do.

2
WHY POLY PROCESSING

3
About XLPE

High-density crosslinked polyethylene, or XLPE, is a thermoset resin that is specifically designed for critical
applications like chemical storage. During the XLPE manufacturing process, a catalyst (peroxide) is built into
the resin, which creates a free radical. The free radical generates the crosslinking of the polymer chain, so
the tank essentially becomes one giant molecule. The result is a resin that is specifically designed for critical
chemical applications.
XLPE versus Linear Polyethylene
• XLPE has 20 times the environmental stress crack resistance of HDPE.
• It has 10 times the molecular weight of HDPE.
• It has 5 times the impact and tensile strength of HDPE.
XLPE versus Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic (FRP)
• XLPE offers seamless construction for greater strength.
• With FRP, chemicals can wick into the fiber, compromising tank life.
• XLPE can have a lower cost of ownership, due to the low amount of required maintenance compared to FRP.
• FRP often requires special handling to avoid cracking.
XLPE versus Carbon and Stainless Steel
• XLPE has seamless one-piece construction, which eliminates the potential for chemical attack points and
bad welds.
• Unlike carbon and stainless steel, XLPE has very broad chemical resistance capabilities without the need
for high-cost coatings.
• XLPE does not require ongoing maintenance and inspection.
• XLPE is a cost-effective solution to high-priced alloys.

4
WHY POLY PROCESSING

We’re The Only Company


with chemical tanks certified to NSF/ANSI 61 standards!

NSF/ANSI Standard 61 addresses crucial aspects of drinking water system components – and Poly Processing
is the ONLY company offering storage tanks certified to NSF/ANSI 61 standards for chemical storage.
Most products are tested under NSF-61 with the pH 5, pH 8 and pH 10 exposure waters defined in the
standard. These exposure waters were designed to simulate the wide variety of potable water chemistries
encountered across North America. However, these exposure waters were not designed to predict leaching
of materials in chemical storage tanks. Poly Processing’s OR-1000™ products have been tested with the
NSF-61 exposure waters, as well as with corrosive chemicals, to ensure they are safe for potable water use.
Poly Processing offers NSF-certified solutions for the storage of:

Acetic Acid ≤ 80% Ferrous Sulfate ≤ 30% Sodium Aluminate ≤ 100%


Aluminum Sulfate ≤ 50% (Alum) Hydrochloric Acid ≤ 37% Sodium Bisulfite ≤ 40%
Calcium Carbonate 60–100% Hydrofluoric Acid ≤ 52% Sodium Carbonate ≤ 85%
Calcium Chloride ≤ 30% Hydrofluosilicic Acid ≤ 30% Sodium Chlorite ≤ 34%
Chlorine Dioxide ≤ 38% Liquid Ammonium Sulfate 35–45% Sodium Hydroxide ≤ 50%
Citric Acid ≤ 100% Magnesium Chloride ≤ 35% Sodium Hypochlorite ≤ 0.08%
Copper Sulfate ≤ 25% Phosphoric Acid ≤ 75% Sodium Hypochlorite ≤ 15%
Deionized Water Poly Aluminum Chloride ≤ 100% Sodium Permanganate ≤ 40%
Ferric Chloride ≤ 50% Polyorthophosphate ≤ 100% Sodium Silicate ≤ 100%
Ferric Sulfate ≤ 60% Potable Water Sulfuric Acid ≤ 98%
Ferrous Chloride ≤ 37% Potassium Hydroxide ≤ 50% Zinc Orthophosphate ≤ 100%

Talk to your Poly Processing representative to find out more – or visit our website, www.polyprocessing.com,
to review our NSF white paper.

5
OR-1000™
An inner-surface technology for four times the antioxidant power.

Poly Processing’s exclusive OR-1000™ system was specifically designed to address the aggressive oxidation
effects of sodium hypochlorite, sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid by adding an additional chemical barrier
between XLPE and the chemical. OR-1000’s engineered inner surface is made of medium-density
polyethylene, specifically formulated to resist oxidation. Its outer surface is made of XLPE for superior
strength. The 2 surfaces are molecularly bound together during the rotomolding process, creating a truly
seamless bond between the XLPE and the inner surface.
The advantages of OR-1000™:
• The result gives you 4 times the antioxidant strength of any polyethylene on the market today!
• All wetted surfaces are covered by OR-1000™, eliminating the opportunity for a chemical attack on the
structural portion of the tank.
• OR-1000™ can be used on any of our tanks, including SAFE-Tank® and IMFO® tank systems.

6
OUR INNOVATIONS

Innovative Tank Solutions


IMFO®: integrally molded for major hazard control.

Traditional tank maintenance can be a challenge with many chemicals – so Poly has developed a unique
system that helps minimize the hazards associated with traditional vertical tank maintenance. With Poly’s
Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet, or IMFO® system, the flange is molded while the tank is processing,
making it a stress-free part of the tank. The flange is created from the same material as the tank – it’s not
an insert introduced during or at post-production.
The IMFO’s advantages are many:
• Since the flange is at the bottom of the tank, full drainage is achieved below the tank knuckle radius, which
can eliminate the need to enter the tank for cleaning.
• One-piece construction enhances long-term performance of the tank, since it doesn’t compromise the
tank hoop’s integrity or structural design.
• In aggressive applications, the complete flange face is protected by the antioxidant OR-1000™ system.
• The IMFO’s design brings you the highest amount of static head pressure, which contributes to the highest
net positive suction head (NPSH) of any vertical non-coned tank.

7
Innovative Tank Solutions
SAFE-Tank®: a complete system for secondary containment.

Poly Processing’s SAFE-Tank® is a “tank-within-a-tank” system that keeps contaminants from entering the
interstitial area. These tanks provide secondary containment to avoid the damaging of equipment or property,
loss of chemical, or injury to employees in the event of a spill.
The SAFE-Tank®:
• Provides 110% secondary containment.
• Will equalize the liquid and allow the chemical to be continually used until it is convenient to repair the tank.
• Is ideal for chemicals like sulfuric acid that can have dangerous exothermic reactions to water.
• Eliminates the expense, cost and maintenance of secondary concrete containment.
• Minimizes the system’s footprint by providing secondary containment in a more compact way.
• Adding and enhanced bellows transition fitting will maximize your SAFE-Tank® system's performance.
SAFE-Tank® systems (see page 41 for details) are also available with OR-1000™ for superior antioxidant resistance.

8
OUR INNOVATIONS

Our Other Innovations

THE B.O.S.S.™:
A Simple Design For Better Leak Protection.
With its streamlined one-piece design, the B.O.S.S.™ (bolted one-piece sure seal) reduces
the seal point to a single gasket to greatly reduce chances for leakage. This unique fitting:
• Is constructed of polyethylene for chemical compatibility with your tank.
• Has an innovative backing ring design to reduce stress on the fitting and make it three
times stronger than plastic fittings.
• Is easy to maintain and troubleshoot since the pipe connection is extended beyond the
sidewall of the tank.
• Is available in 1, 2 and 3 inches I.D.
The B.O.S.S.™ is available in three alloy options: 316 stainless steel, titanium and C-276. It
comes fully assembled and pressure tested and can be installed through the tank wall as
with any other standard bulkhead fitting. See page 49 to find out more.

SAFE-Surge™ MANWAY COVERS:


Emergency Air Surge Protection For Pneumatic-Filled Tanks.
Poly’s SAFE-Surge™ manway covers ensure that your tank maintains the proper ACFM at all
times – even in the event of air surges that can’t be handled by primary venting. This system
was designed specifically for pneumatic-filled tanks. SAFE-Surge™:
• Is never to be considered part of your primary venting.
• Releases at a 6-inch water column to prevent over-pressurization.
• Features an easy inspection port.
• Is available for 19- and 24-inch manways.
This cover is REQUIRED in pneumatic filling operations excluding scrubbers. For detailed
venting requirements, please refer to the chart on page 63.

ENHANCED BELLOWS TRANSITION FITTINGS:


A Secure Yet Flexible Fully Contained SAFE-Tank® Bottom Discharge.
By incorporating an expansion joint, the tank expands freely during loading and unloading,
and it also virtually eliminates damage from piping vibrations caused by pumps. With this
performance-maximizing fitting:
• Containment of the expansion joint eliminates the threat of uncontained chemical leaks
and dangerous “spurts.”
• Piping layouts can be fully contained by connecting a dual-wall piping system onto the
fitting. This can mean a safer workplace and less threat to the environment.
• Unsurpassed containment of discharge is allowed on a SAFE-Tank®.
The pressure-tested internal components of the fitting come to you pre-assembled and
ready to install.

9
Our Tank Systems
Poly Processing understands the very specific storage requirements for every chemical
– so we have developed systems that meet the unique requirements of each product.
The following systems have been designed to optimize your system’s safety, longevity
and compatibility, based on the properties of the stored chemical. Please note that
each of these systems can be adapted to suit your particular needs.

NaOCl H2SO4 HCl


SODIUMHYPOCHLORITE SULFURIC ACID HYDROCHLORICACID

NaOH HF H2SiF6
SODIUMHYDROXIDE HYDROFLUORICACID HYDROFLUOSILICICACID

Fe+Al+()n H2O2
FERRICS,ALUMS,POLYMERS HYDROGENPEROXIDE

10
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Sodium Hypochlorite.
An aggressive oxidizer that presents a major storage challenge.

NaOCl
SODIUMHYPOCHLORITE

Commonly known as bleach, sodium hypochlorite is used in a


variety of applications, particularly for the disinfection of drinking
water and wastewater. When it comes to storage of this chemical,
three factors must be considered:

• UV can degrade sodium hypochlorite, so special precautions


must be taken to reduce this effect.

• Sodium hypochlorite typically contains transition metals such


as nickel, iron and copper, which can buildup in a storage tank
creating off-gassing.

• “Hypo” is a potent oxidizer, so all materials in the chemical’s


storage tank must be up to the task.

By addressing all three of these issues, this caustic chemical can


be contained in a more secure and effective manner, with a tank
system that meets NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for chemical storage.

11
NaOCl
SODIUMHYPOCHLORITE The Poly Processing Hypo System
Poly Processing’s Sodium Hypochlorite Storage Systems are Poly’s OR-1000™ system is another key component of
specifically designed for containment of this challenging the Hypo System. OR-1000™ is the result of our exclusive
chemical. By using carbon black, white or gray compound rotomolding process, which creates a seamless bond
XLPE resin, UV degradation of the chemical can be between an inner surface of medium-density polyethylene
dramatically reduced. Mastic coatings and insulation are and an outer surface of high-density crosslinked polyethylene.
other ways to reduce UV’s effect on the chemical. OR-1000™ allows four times the antioxidant strength of
a normal polyethylene. In any application where OR-1000™
To prevent the potential buildup of transition metals in the is used, all wetted surfaces – including covering the face of
tank, Poly has developed the IMFO® system. This special the IMFO® drain – are completely covered by the material,
design allows for full drainage of the tank, which can greatly eliminating any opportunity for a chemical attack on the
increase the half-life of the chemical*. structural portion of the tank.
*Natural tanks are available for indoor use.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Sodium Hypochlorite 9%–15% XLPE with OR-1000™ 1.9 PVC EPDM/Viton® Titanium

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

NOTE: To meet NSF-61 certification, use EPDM or Viton® GF.

12
NaOCl OUR TANK SYSTEMS
SODIUMHYPOCHLORITE

Tank Specifications Recommended System Components

Secondary containment:
Recommended.
Alternative: PPC secondary
containment basin of XLPE,
or SAFE-Tank® if concrete
containment is not available.

Fittings:
IMFO® to prevent transition
metal buildup

NOTE: Do NOT use stainless


steel or Alloy C-276 due to nickel
content reaction.

Plumbing:
Requires flexible, Hypo-resistant
connections [see page 54] to
• High-density crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) allow for lateral and vertical tank
outer surface ensures maximum corrosion contraction and expansion, and to
protection through molecular bonding. reduce vibration stress

• OR-1000™ molecularly bonds XLPE with an


antioxidant inner surface that resists the heavily
oxidizing nature of sodium hypochlorite.
• Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet (IMFO®) Venting:
constructed as part of tank ensures complete SAFE-Surge™ manway
drainage. Non-IMFO® options also available cover is recommended on
pneumatically loaded systems
• UV protection for the chemical is achieved by to support tank longevity.
using compounded black, white or gray resin or
insulation coating to help maximize the half-life
of the chemical for outdoor applications.

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information 13
and products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
CAUTION! The life of a Sodium Hypochlorite Storage System is
greatly affected by the quality of the chemical itself. Tank owners
are cautioned to use high-quality sodium hypo with low iron, nickel
and copper content, to avoid decomposition of the chemical and
acceleration of the oxidization and degradation of the tank.

Technical Overview:
Sodium Hypochlorite Storage Tanks

NaOCl
SODIUM HYPO-

TANK FITTINGS
IMFO® Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE with OR-1000™: Sidewall: Recommend 3˝ maximum B.O.S.S.™ fitting
• 1,000–13,650 gallons Dome: No restrictions
• 1.9 spg rating
PLUMBING TO THE TANK
NOTE: 230–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. • Required use of flexible connections with fittings on lower
Non-IMFO® alternative*: third of sidewall

Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE with OR-1000™: »» Allows for lateral and vertical expansion and contraction
of the tank
• 1,000–13,650 gallons »» Reduces pump and piping vibration stress on the tank
• 1.9 spg rating • Expansion joints must meet the following minimum requirements:
NOTE: 30–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. »» Axial Compression ≥ 1.5˝
*Three-year warranty offered on Non-IMFO® alternatives. »» Axial Extension ≥ 0.625˝
»» Lateral Deflection ≥ 0.750˝
*On-site generation (.08%) max size : 4000 gallons »» Angular Deflection ≥ 14°
(without engineering review) »» Torsional Rotation ≥ 4°
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: VENTING
• 1,500–8,700 gallons See chart on page 63.
• 1.9 spg rating for primary tank with OR-1000™
FOUNDATION AND RESTRAINTS
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be
• PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete, asphalt or steel
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank.
foundation designed to accommodate IMFO®, SAFE-Tank®
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. or vertical tank
NOTE: 55–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. • No restraint or ladder attachment bands circumscribing the
tank are allowed. Cable restraint systems must pass cables
Black, white or gray color or insulation with mastic coating over the top of the tank.
required in outdoor applications to minimize bleach
degradation and maximize chemical half-life. TEMPERATURE
Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery or during
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT
storage to reduce the decomposition of the chemical and
Recommend SAFE-Tank® secondary XLPE as shown above. maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.
Non-SAFE-Tank® Alternatives: LID
• PPC secondary containment basin SAFE-Surge™ manway cover for pneumatically loaded tanks;
• Other secondary containment suitable for sodium bolted manway cover for all other applications
hypochlorite, of adequate size for use
OPTIONS
Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges, ladders,
heating pads, insulation, fume-tight manway cover, NSF-61
certification and engineering stamp
14
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Sulfuric Acid.
Challenging a storage tank’s strength and design safety.

H2SO4
SULFURIC ACID

Sulfuric acid is used in a huge array of industrial applications, for


everything from water and wastewater treatment to the manufacture
of chemicals, fertilizer and car batteries. But this highly exothermic
acid presents serious storage challenges, for a number of reasons.

• Sulfuric acid is an extremely heavy chemical that will test the


mechanical integrity of any material.

• The addition of water to concentrated sulfuric acid leads to the


dispersal of a sulfuric acid aerosol – or worse yet, an explosion.

• If sulfuric acid is spilled on metals, it can create highly flammable


hydrogen gas.

• Skin and other bodily burns from sulfuric acid are potentially
more serious than burns from other strong acids. Sulfuric acid
dehydrates whatever it touches, and the heat caused by that
reaction with water can create secondary thermal damage.

Poly Processing’s tanks and fittings can be combined specifically


to contain sulfuric acid, reducing the risks presented by this highly
acidic chemical.

15
H2SO4
SULFURIC ACID The Poly Processing Sulfuric Acid System
Through a combination of innovative features, Poly Processing greatly lowers the risk for hazardous contact of sulfuric acid
creates the ideal system for sulfuric acid storage. With their with water. SAFE-Tank® systems are designed with OR-1000™.
robust load tolerance, crosslinked polyethylene tanks can
more than handle the chemical’s heavy weight. The molecular If secondary containment* is present, the IMFO® tank is
bonding of XLPE and tank wall thickness is particularly recommended. With the use of an IMFO® system instead
important in the bottom third of the tank, where high levels of of mechanical fittings, the tank’s structural integrity is
load are concentrated. maximized. Combine this tank design with the OR-1000™
system, and oxidation is reduced dramatically.
If secondary containment is not present, the Poly Processing
SAFE-Tank® is a smart choice. Along with containing the chemical All of these features lead to a safer tank – designed to reduce
from its surrounding environment, this double-walled tank safety risks and improve the longevity of the system.
*Containment tank is required with this chemical in all applications.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Sulfuric Acid ≥ 93% XLPE with OR-1000™ 2.2 PVC Viton® 316SS
Sulfuric Acid 80%–92% XLPE with OR-1000™ 2.2 PVC Viton® C-276
Sulfuric Acid < 80% XLPE 1.9 PVC Viton® C-276

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

NOTE: To meet NSF-61 certification, use Viton® GF.


16
H2SO4 OUR TANK SYSTEMS
SULFURIC ACID

Tank Specifications Recommended System Components

Venting:
SAFE-Surge™ manway cover
is recommended on
pneumatically loaded systems
to support tank longevity.

Fittings:
Recommend enhanced bellows
transition fitting for bottom
sidewall discharge

Fittings:
B.O.S.S.™ fitting also
recommended to prevent leaks
• High-density crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) NOTE: For concentrations
accommodates the heavy weight of sulfuric acid. less then 93%, DO NOT use
stainless steel.
• OR-1000™ bonds the XLPE with an antioxidant
inner surface, minimizing oxidation, reducing
the potential for fault and maximizing life span.
• SAFE-Tank® design creates a “tank within a
tank,” ensuring that water will not enter the
containment area. (Recommended where
secondary containment is not available)
• IMFO® tank is molded as a single unit. This
maintains hoop stress rating, adding to the
strength of the tank. (Recommended for
Plumbing:
situations with existing secondary containment) Reverse float gauge recommended
to ensure proper tank leveling.
• B.O.S.S.™ fitting provides bolted one-piece See page 55.
sure-seal design, limiting the seal point to a
single gasket for major leak prevention.

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information 17
and products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
Technical Overview:
Sulfuric Acid Storage Tanks

H2SO4
SULFURIC ACID

TANK FITTINGS
SAFE-Tank® of XLPE with OR-1000™: Sidewall: Recommend 3˝ maximum B.O.S.S.™ fitting
• 3,150–8,700 gallons Dome: No restrictions
»» 2.2 spg rating with OR-1000™ for primary tank
»» 1.9 spg rating for secondary tank PLUMBING TO THE TANK
• 1,550–2,500 gallons • Required use of flexible connections with fittings on lower
»» 2.2 spg rating with OR-1000™ for primary tank third of sidewall
»» 2.2 spg rating for secondary tank »» Allows for lateral and vertical expansion and contraction
• 55–1,000 gallons of the tank
»» 1.9 spg primary and secondary tanks »» Reduces pump and piping vibration stress on the tank
NOTE: 55–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. • Expansion joints must meet the following minimum requirements:
* ≥ 94% concentration max tank size: 4,400 gallons
»» Axial Compression ≥ 1.5˝
(without engineering review)
»» Axial Extension ≥ 0.625˝
Non-SAFE-Tank® alternatives: »» Lateral Deflection ≥ 0.750˝
IMFO® Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE with OR-1000™: »» Angular Deflection ≥ 14°
»» Torsional Rotation ≥ 4°
• 1,150–6,600 gallons
• 2.2 spg rating VENTING
IMFO® Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE: See chart on page 63.
• 230–905 gallons
FOUNDATION AND RESTRAINTS
• 1.9 spg rating
NOTE: Limit one IMFO® per tank • Smooth concrete, asphalt or steel foundation designed to
accommodate IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE with OR-1000™:
• No restraint or ladder attachment bands circumscribing the
• 1,050–6,600 gallons tank are allowed. Cable restraint systems must pass cables
• 2.2 spg rating over the top of the tank.
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE:
TEMPERATURE
• 30–1,000 gallons
Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery or during
• 1.9 spg rating
storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.
NOTE: ≥ 94% concentration max tank size: 4,000 gallons
(without engineering review) LID
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SAFE-Surge™ manway cover for pneumatically loaded tanks;
bolted manway cover for all other applications
Non-SAFE-Tank® alternatives:
OPTIONS
• PPC secondary containment basin
Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges, ladders,
• Other secondary containment suitable for sulfuric acid,
heating pads, insulation, fume-tight manway cover, NSF-61
of adequate size for use
certification and engineering stamp

18
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Hydrochloric Acid.
Controlling a chemical – and its fumes.

HCl
HYDROCHLORICACID

Also known as muriatic acid, hydrochloric acid is used to acidize


petroleum wells, remove scales from boilers, aid in ore reduction
and serve as a chemical intermediate, among other applications.
This pungent liquid is a strong, highly corrosive acid, and it
presents serious storage challenges.

• Hydrochloric acid has an extremely low pH, making it


highly corrosive.

• The chemical creates toxic fumes that can deteriorate


equipment – and these fumes can be fatal to employees.
To control the chemical’s fumes, the tank’s venting system
must be exact.

• Tank maintenance can also be an issue because of fuming.


Entering the tank must be avoided at all costs, and part
replacement must be minimized.

By creating a strong, corrosion-resistant tank system that ties


into a scrubber system, all of these issues can be addressed.

19
HCl
HYDROCHLORICACID The Poly Processing Hydrochloric Acid System
Storing a chemical as corrosive and fuming as HCl takes Poly Processing’s OR-1000™ surface is ideal for HCl storage.
a truly specialized system. Poly Processing resolves these OR-1000™ has proven so effective in containing HCl that
issues with its tank, venting and fittings solutions. An Integrally systems using it have a 5-year warranty. These tanks bring
Molded Flanged Outlet, or IMFO®, allows for complete you the strength of high-density crosslinked polyethylene
drainage of the tank, which eliminates the need to enter the with an antioxidant surface.
tank for cleaning. This is imperative when dealing with such
a strongly fuming chemical. The IMFO® design also reduces Poly also incorporates airtight lids and customized
chances of having to replace parts, as the drainage system is scrubbers to accommodate the fuming of HCl.
part of the tank’s mold.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Hydrochloric Acid ≤ 37% XLPE with OR-1000™ 1.9 PVC EPDM C-276

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

20
HCl OUR TANK SYSTEMS
HYDROCHLORICACID

Tank Specifications Recommended System Components

Secondary containment:
SAFE-Tank® is recommended
where secondary containment
is not available.

Fittings:
IMFO® system is recommended.

Fittings:
B.O.S.S.™ fitting is also
recommended to prevent leaks.

Plumbing:
• OR-1000™ binds the XLPE with an antioxidant Requires flexible connections with
fittings on lower third of sidewall
inner surface, which is vital when storing such to accommodate expansion and
a corrosive chemical. contraction and reduce vibration
stress on the tank
• IMFO® construction eliminates the need to
enter the tank for cleaning, helping employees
avoid HCl’s toxic fumes.
• High-density crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE)
ensures the strength of the tank.

Fume-tight manway cover:


17˝, 19˝ or 24˝ with EPDM gaskets

Scrubbers:
Individually designed to
support the reduction
of dangerous fumes into
The above components are just a few of the many options offered the environment
by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information 21
and products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
Technical Overview:
Hydrochloric Acid Storage Tanks

HCl
HYDROCHLORICACID

TANK PLUMBING TO THE TANK


IMFO® Vertical Flat Bottom of XLPE with OR-1000™: • Required use of flexible connections with fittings on lower
• 1,000–13,650 gallons third of sidewall
• 1.9 spg rating »» Allows for lateral and vertical expansion and contraction
of the tank
NOTE: 230–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. »» Reduces pump and piping vibration stress on the tank
Non-IMFO® alternative: • Expansion joints must meet the following minimum requirements:
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE with OR-1000™: »» Axial Compression ≥ 1.5˝
»» Axial Extension ≥ 0.625˝
• 1,000–13,650 gallons
»» Lateral Deflection ≥ 0.750˝
• 1.9 spg rating »» Angular Deflection ≥ 14°
NOTE: 30–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. »» Torsional Rotation ≥ 4°

SAFE-Tank® XLPE: VENTING

• 1,500–8,700 gallons See chart on page 63.

• 1.9 spg rating for primary tank with OR-1000™ FOUNDATION AND RESTRAINTS
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be • PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete, asphalt or steel
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank. foundation designed to accommodate IMFO®, SAFE-Tank®
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. or vertical tank
• No restraint or ladder attachment bands circumscribing the
NOTE: 55–1,000 gallons do not require OR-1000™. tank are allowed. Cable restraint systems must pass cables
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT over the top of the tank.
Recommend SAFE-Tank® secondary XLPE as shown above TEMPERATURE
Non-SAFE-Tank® Alternatives: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery or during
storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.
• PPC secondary containment basin
• Other secondary containment suitable for hydrochloric LID
acid, of adequate size for use Fume-tight manway cover to manage release of chemical gases
FITTINGS OPTIONS
Sidewall: Recommend 3˝ maximum B.O.S.S.™ fitting Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges, ladders,
Dome: No restrictions heating pads, insulation and engineering stamp

22
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Additional Chemicals Overview:


Solutions for storage of more popular chemicals.

Each chemical has its own specific properties, so Poly Processing makes it easy to adapt
our tanks with the type of gaskets, venting, fittings and other features necessary for that
chemical. The following are just a few of the many chemicals that can be stored safely
with a Poly Processing tank system. For details on those chemicals not listed here, talk
to your Poly Processing representative.

NaOH
SODIUMHYDROXIDE

HF
HYDROFLUORICACID

H2SiF6
HYDROFLUOSILICICACID

H2O2
HYDROGENPEROXIDE

23
NaOH HF H2SiF6 H2O2
SODIUMHYDROXIDE HYDROFLUORICACID HYDROFLUOSILICICACID HYDROGENPEROXIDE

The Poly Processing


System Recommendation.

Tank Specifications Recommended System Components


Secondary containment:
SAFE-Tank® if concrete
containment is not available
Alternative: PPC secondary
containment basin or other
secondary containment
suitable for chemical, of
adequate size for use

Fittings:
IMFO® eliminates the need for
confined space entry.

Plumbing:
Tank options include: Requires flexible connections
[see page 54] to allow for lateral
• High-density crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) and vertical tank contraction
construction for maximum strength and expansion and to reduce
vibration stress
• OR-1000™ antioxidant inner surface
• Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet (IMFO®)
for complete drainage
• SAFE-Tank® design for Venting:
“tank-within-a-tank” protection SAFE-Surge™ manway
cover is recommended on
pneumatically loaded systems
to support tank longevity.

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
24 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Sodium Hydroxide.
Defying a chemical that “finds” leaks.

NaOH
SODIUMHYDROXIDE

Also known as caustic soda or liquid lye, sodium hydroxide is


used to adjust pH in water and wastewater treatment and in the
manufacture of chemicals, rayon, cellophane, pulp and paper,
aluminum, detergents, soaps and a wide range of other products.
As for storage:

• Sodium hydroxide is a “slippery” chemical that tries to find


leak paths.

• This chemical is extremely corrosive to tissue. It is also highly


toxic if ingested.

• If sodium hydroxide is not kept at a specific temperature, it will


crystallize and go solid.

A tank system and proper fittings from Poly Processing can reduce
your risk with this hazardous chemical.

25
NaOH
SODIUMHYDROXIDE

The Poly Processing


Sodium Hydroxide System.

The key to storing sodium hydroxide properly is strong, safe containment. Since the chemical is so corrosive, secondary
containment is an absolute.
If secondary containment is already available, the IMFO® tank is recommended. IMFO® systems are ideal for Sodium Hydroxide
Systems, since their flange is actually a molded part of the tank, not an insert that could leak or fail. The IMFO® also ensures
long-term performance of the overall system, since it eliminates the need to drill into the sidewall of the tank and install a
mechanical fitting, which can create a maintenance issue for this chemical.
When secondary containment is not available, a SAFE-Tank® can meet this requirement. This “tank within a tank” extends the
margin of safety by providing a system with 110% secondary containment.
The tank’s high-density crosslinked polyethylene construction means greater strength. It is so strong, in fact, that Poly offers a
warranty of five full years on all tanks.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Sodium Hydroxide 50% XLPE 1.65 PVC EPDM 316SS

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

NOTE: To meet NSF-61 certification, use OR-1000™.

Tank Specifications & Technical Overview


IMFO® VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM OF XLPE: Alternative secondary containment: PPC secondary
• 230–13,650 gallons containment basin or other secondary containment suitable
for sodium hydroxide, of adequate size for use
• 1.65 spg rating
Plumbing: Requires use of flexible connections with
NON-IMFO® ALTERNATIVES: fittings on lower third of sidewall. See page 54 for flexible
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: connections options.
• 55–8,700 gallons Venting: See chart on page 63.
• 1.65 spg rating for primary tank Foundation: PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete,
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks must be equal to asphalt or steel foundation designed to accommodate
primary tank. IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. Temperature: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE: or during storage or drop below 50°F to prevent damage to
the chemical. Contact Customer Support if chemical is to
• 30–13,650 gallons exceed 100°F.
• 1.65 spg rating
Lid: SAFE-Surge™ manway cover for pneumatically loaded
tanks; bolted manway cover for all other applications

NOTE: Heating pad and insulation are highly recommended Options: Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges,
to prevent crystallization of the chemical. ladders, heating pads, insulation, mixer mounts, OR-1000™
for NSF-61 certification and engineering stamp

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
26 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Hydrofluoric Acid.
Reducing the risk of human exposure.

HF
HYDROFLUORICACID

Used in the production of aluminum, fluorocarbons and gasoline


and for applications like glass etching and uranium processing,
hydrofluoric acid is an extremely dangerous chemical that must be
handled with the utmost care.

• This corrosive liquid penetrates tissue more quickly than typical


acids. Toxicity can occur through dermal, ocular, inhalation and
oral routes.

• Since HF alters nerve function, accidental exposure can go


unnoticed by the victim, delaying treatment and increasing the
extent of injury.

• It can also be absorbed by the blood through the skin, reacting


with blood calcium and potentially causing a heart attack.

The extreme nature of this chemical calls for superior structural


integrity – the level of integrity Poly Processing is known for.

27
15
HF
HYDROFLUORICACID

The Poly Processing


Hydrofluoric Acid System.

When people’s lives are at risk, you can take no chances. You need a system that goes above and beyond to prevent contact
with this corrosive acid. That system starts with a crosslinked polyethylene tank. XLPE is a thermoset resin that gives customers
20 times the environmental stress-crack resistance, 10 times the molecular weight and 5 times the impact and tensile
strength of HDPE. This system carries a warranty for a full five years.
A SAFE-Tank® can help reduce health and environmental concerns due to closed containment of hydrofluoric acid. If a
SAFE-Tank® is not a possibility, an IMFO® flange can be used to reduce hands-on maintenance, thereby reducing the risk
to your employees.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Hydrofluoric Acid XLPE 1.9 PP Viton® C-276

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

Tank Specifications & Technical Overview


IMFO® VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM OF XLPE: Alternative secondary containment: PPC secondary
• 230–13,650 gallons containment basin or other secondary containment suitable
for hydrofluoric acid, of adequate size for use
• 1.9 spg rating
Plumbing: Requires use of flexible connections with
NON-IMFO® ALTERNATIVES: fittings on lower third of sidewall. See page 54 for flexible
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: connections options.
• 55–8,700 gallons Venting: See chart on page 63.
• 1.9 spg rating for primary tank Foundation: PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete,
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be asphalt or steel foundation designed to accommodate
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank. IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. Temperature: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE: or during storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.

• 30–13,650 gallons Lid: Fume-tight manway cover to manage release of


chemical gases
• 1.9 spg rating
Options: Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level
gauges, ladders, heating pads, insulation, mixer mounts and
engineering stamp

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
28 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Hydrofluosilicic Acid.
Controlling heat to avoid hazardous reactions.

H2SiF6
HYDROFLUOSILICICACID

Hydrofluosilicic acid is used in water fluoridation, ceramic


production, electroplating, bottle sterilizing, brewing and many
other applications. This colorless, fuming liquid presents a host of
challenges in storage:

• It decomposes in heat, giving off toxic fluoride compounds, which


may react violently with alkaline materials.

• Hydrofluosilicic acid is corrosive to most metals – and it attacks


glass and stoneware.

• Like lye and sodium hypo, hydrofluosilicic acid has a tendency to


find leak paths.

• The chemical is incompatible with strong alkalis and strong


concentrated acids. It reacts with oxidizing agents, combustible
solids and organic peroxides.

• Its reaction with metals produces flammable hydrogen gas.

A complete system equipped with specialized features can reduce


the risks associated with this toxic chemical.

29
15
H2SiF6
HYDROFLUOSILICICACID

The Poly Processing


Hydrofluosilicic Acid System.

Hydrofluosilicic acid is an extremely dangerous chemical. Human contact with it can result in severe injury or fatality. But when
the chemical is controlled in a stable environment, risk can be dramatically reduced. XLPE tanks are ideal in this situation. The
thermosetting of XLPE’s polymer chains acts as a netting to prevent permeation, leakage or seepage.
With its full drain design, a built-in IMFO® flange can help eliminate any buildup of sediment, lessening the potential for lead
and arsenic deposits over time. The IMFO® system’s design also keeps the tank intact, which is important for chemicals that
try to find leak paths. If an IMFO® isn’t an option, wetted fittings should be kept to an absolute minimum to avoid failure.
If secondary containment is not available, a SAFE-Tank® is recommended instead of an IMFO® tank. This tank within a tank
greatly reduces the chance for leaks.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Hydrofluosilicic Acid XLPE 1.9 PVC EPDM C-276

»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart

NOTE: To meet NSF-61 certification, use OR-1000™, EPDM or Viton® GF.

Tank Specifications & Technical Overview


IMFO® VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM OF XLPE: Alternative secondary containment: PPC secondary
• 230–13,650 gallons containment basin or other secondary containment suitable
for hydrofluosilicic acid, of adequate size for use
• 1.9 spg rating
Plumbing: Requires use of flexible connections with
NON-IMFO® ALTERNATIVES: fittings on lower third of sidewall. See page 54 for flexible
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: connections options.
• 55–8,700 gallons Venting: See chart on page 63.
• 1.9 spg rating for primary tank Foundation: PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete,
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be asphalt or steel foundation designed to accommodate
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank. IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. Temperature: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE: or during storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.

• 30–13,650 gallons Lid: Fume-tight manway cover to manage release of


chemical gases
• 1.9 spg rating
Options: Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges,
NOTE: We recommend always venting this chemical outside ladders, heating pads, insulation, mixer mounts, OR-1000™
a confined environment due to health risks from the fumes for NSF-61 certification and engineering stamp
and to the damage it will cause to glass and metals.

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
30 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Ferrics, Alums and Polymers.


Containing chemicals that react to their environment.

Fe+Al+()n
FERRICS,ALUMS,POLYMERS

Ferrics, alums and polymers are commonly used to treat water and
wastewater. There are several reasons why these substances require
specialized storage:

• Separation, settling and coagulation are major issues with these


chemicals – and those conditions can be compounded by
temperature variations.

• Settling and separation issues can lead to difficulty in pumping


the chemicals.

• The chemicals are often delivered at elevated temperatures,


testing the expansion and contraction capabilities of a tank.

• Ferrics create fumes that can defoliate surrounding trees and plants.

• Polymers can act as an environmental stress-cracking agent.

By providing the right kind of storage for these chemicals, safety can
be maintained – and the integrity of the product can be preserved.

31
15
The Poly Processing System
For Ferrics, Alums And Polymers.

Several of Poly Processing’s features can make your storage system work for handling ferrics, alums and polymers. An IMFO®
system is ideal for sludge control and ease of cleaning, since the tank drains at its true bottom. Heat pads and insulation can
help keep the chemicals at the optimal temperature, greatly reducing the chance of separation and settling.
A mixing system can also be installed to keep the chemicals from separating – and a scrubber can help reduce the effects on
foliage if you’re venting outdoors. As for handling elevated temperatures – this is where the strength of the XLPE tank comes in.
The crosslinked construction of these tanks allows for greater expansion and contraction, while maintaining structural integrity,
lessening your risk for tank failure.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Aluminum Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC EPDM 316SS
Ferric Chloride XLPE 1.65 PVC EPDM Titanium
Ferric Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC EPDM Titanium
Ferrous Chloride XLPE 1.9 PVC EPDM Titanium
Ferrous Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC EPDM Titanium
Polymers XLPE 1.35–1.9* PVC EPDM 316SS

*Based on type of polymer, amount of solids, etc., specific gravities can vary. Consult the specific MSDS for correct weight.
»» See our website for a complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

NOTE: To meet NSF-61 certification, use OR-1000™.


Tank Specifications & Technical Overview
IMFO® VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM OF XLPE: Alternative secondary containment: PPC secondary
• 230–13,650 gallons containment basin or other secondary containment suitable
for ferrics, alums and polymers, of adequate size for use
• Appropriate spg rating for chemical as shown in
Chemical Resistance Chart Plumbing: Requires use of flexible connections with
fittings on lower third of sidewall. See page 54 for flexible
NON-IMFO® ALTERNATIVES: connections options.
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE:
Venting: See chart on page 63.
• 30–13,650 gallons
Foundation: PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete,
• Appropriate spg rating for chemical as shown in asphalt or solid steel foundation designed to accommodate
Chemical Resistance Chart IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: Temperature: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery
• 55–8,700 gallons or during storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.
Contact Customer Support if chemical is to exceed 100°F.
• Appropriate spg rating for chemical as shown in
Chemical Resistance Chart Lid: SAFE-Surge™ manway cover for pneumatically loaded
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be tanks; bolted manway cover for all other applications
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank. Options: Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges,
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. ladders, heating pads, insulation, fume-tight manway cover,
mixer mounts, OR-1000™ for NSF-61 certification and
engineering stamp

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
32 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
OUR TANK SYSTEMS

Hydrogen Peroxide.
Accommodating a potentially explosive chemical.

H2O2
HYDROGENPEROXIDE

Available in a variety of concentrations, hydrogen peroxide is used


as an oxidizing agent in textile, paper and fur processing. It is also
used as a plasticizer, a polymerization catalyst and a water and
sewage treatment chemical. It poses a number of challenges when
it comes to storage:

• Concentrated solutions are highly toxic and are strong irritants.

• Hydrogen peroxide is relatively unstable and decomposes into


water and oxygen when exposed to the environment. The
primary danger of this composition is fire and/or explosion.

For concentrations of hydrogen peroxide that are below 50%,


high-density crosslinked polyethylene is a smart option.

33
15
H2O2
HYDROGENPEROXIDE

The Poly Processing


Hydrogen Peroxide System.

If there is a chance that hydrogen peroxide has escaped from its storage system, evacuation is mandatory, since explosion
could occur. Therefore, it’s imperative that an environment be made as leak-free as possible. Poly Processing’s crosslinked
polyethylene helps ensure that, by providing a high-strength storage option for hydrogen peroxide. The SAFE-Tank® system
offers tank-within-a-tank protection for secondary containment. And if secondary containment is already provided for the tank,
Poly Processing recommends the IMFO® tank system to provide complete drainage without entering the vessel shell, helping
personnel avoid contact with this strong irritant.

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Hydrogen Peroxide XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® 316SS

»» See our website for complete Chemical Resistance Chart.

Tank Specifications & Technical Overview


IMFO® VERTICAL FLAT BOTTOM OF XLPE: Alternative secondary containment: PPC secondary
• 230–13,650 gallons containment basin or other secondary containment suitable
for hydrogen peroxide, of adequate size for use
• 1.9 spg rating
Plumbing: Requires use of flexible connections with
NON-IMFO® ALTERNATIVES: fittings on lower third of sidewall. See page 54 for flexible
SAFE-Tank® XLPE: connections options.
• 55–8,700 gallons Venting: See chart on page 63.
• 1.9 spg rating for primary tank Foundation: PPC IMFO® tank pad or smooth concrete,
• Spg ratings for secondary tanks ≥ 3,000 gallons may be asphalt or steel foundation designed to accommodate
equal to or 1 less spg than primary tank. IMFO®, SAFE-Tank® or vertical tank
• All other tank sizes must equal primary tank spg rating. Temperature: Product should not exceed 100°F at delivery
Standard Vertical Flat Bottom XLPE: or during storage to maintain ASTM D1998 design parameters.

• 30–13,650 gallons Lid: A hinged, weighted manway to prevent over-pressurization


due to rapid decomposition
• 1.9 spg rating
Options: Restraint systems for wind and seismic, level gauges,
NOTE: Use only flanged connections with hydrogen ladders, heating pads, insulation, mixer mounts, OR-1000™
peroxide. Threaded fittings should be avoided! and engineering stamp

The above components are just a few of the many options offered
34 by Poly Processing. See pages 38–63 for additional information and
products, or talk to your Poly Processing representative.
ORDER INFORMATION

Pre-Purchase Guide

Before Ordering:
1. Determine capacity and location restrictions: gallons, maximum height and diameter, and indoor or outdoor installation.
2. Conduct a chemical review: name, concentration, specific gravity and temperature.
3. See the chemical resistance guide (page 36) for tank and fittings materials, specific gravity rating, and full-drain and secondary
containment requirements.
4. Use the complete 8-digit stock number when placing orders. Note: the first digit of each stock number indicates the
manufacturing location: 4 = Monroe, LA; 7 = Winchester, VA; 1 = French Camp, CA.
5. Download a tank schematic from polyprocessing.com and use this drawing to specify the fitting locations.
6. Contact a Poly Processing distributor for details.

Operating Parameters
TEMPERATURE TANK COLOR
• Tank specific gravity ratings are based on a product • High-density crosslinked polyethylene (XLPE) – natural,
temperature of 100 degrees F. black, white, gray.
• For tank designs for temperatures up to 150 degrees F, • Linear polyethylene (HDPE) – natural, black.
contact Customer Service. NOTE: For additional colors, contact Customer Service.
PRESSURE TANK DOME LOAD RATING
Atmospheric pressure must be maintained in the tank at all DO NOT stand or work on tank domes. The surface is flexible
times; vacuum must equal zero. and slippery. There is no weight or load rating for the dome.
VENTING
See chart on page 63.
PLUMBING
Requires use of flexible connections with fittings on lower GENERAL INFORMATION
third of sidewall
• Nominal capacity = Calculated tank capacity to top of
HEAT MAINTENANCE CONTROLS straight sidewall
Two thermostats are furnished, one for control and one for • All vertical, IMFO® and SAFE-Tank® systems greater than
redundancy; heating requirements vary depending on mainte- 500 gallons are manufactured in accordance with ASTM
nance temperature, ambient temperature and wind conditions. D1998 standards.
POLYURETHANE INSULATION WITH MASTIC COATING • Gallonage markers are approximate; not for precise
measuring or metering
• 2-inch nominal thickness
• R-value = 8.33/inch LOGISTICS
• Density = 2 lbs./cubic foot Delivery and shipping information is provided on page 64.
• Mastic coating is white acrylic vinyl.

35
15
Chemical Resistance Guide

RESIN SPECIFIC GRAVITY FITTING GASKET BOLT


CHEMICAL
TYPE RATING MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL
Acetic Acid ≤ 80% XLPE 1.9 PP EPDM 316SS
Aluminum Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Calcium Carbonate XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Calcium Chloride XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Citric Acid XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Deionized Water XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Ethylene Glycol XLPE 1.35 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Ferric Chloride XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Ferric Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Ferrous Chloride XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Ferrous Sulfate XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Hydrochloric Acid ≤ 37% XLPE with OR-1000™ 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM C-276
Hydrofluoric Acid XLPE 1.9 PP Viton® C-276
Hydrofluosilicic Acid XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM C-276
Hydrogen Peroxide XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® 316SS
Magnesium Chloride 30% XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Phosphoric Acid > 50% XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® C-276
Phosphoric Acid ≤ 50% XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® 316SS
Potable Water HDPE 1.35 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Potassium Hydroxide XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM C-276
Sodium Bisulfite XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Sodium Carbonate XLPE 1.35 PVC/CPVC EPDM Titanium
Sodium Chlorite XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® GF 316SS
Sodium Hydroxide 50% XLPE 1.65 PVC/CPVC EPDM 316SS
Sodium Hypochlorite 9%–15% XLPE with OR-1000™ 1.9 PVC/CPVC EPDM/Viton® Titanium
Sulfuric Acid ≥ 93% XLPE with OR-1000™ 2.2 PVC/CPVC Viton® 316SS
Sulfuric Acid 80%–92% XLPE with OR-1000™ 2.2 PVC/CPVC Viton® C-276
Sulfuric Acid < 80% XLPE 1.9 PVC/CPVC Viton® C-276
»» For more resistance information, including details on other chemicals, visit www.polyprocessing.com
and access our Chemical Resistance Online Guide.

Temperature: Product temperature is limited to 100 degrees F. Gasket materials:


For temperatures from 100 to 150 degrees F, contact
Customer Service. • EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer) – good abrasion
and tear resistance with excellent chemical resistance
MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS • Viton® (fluorocarbon) – broader temperature and
Fitting materials: chemical resistance
• PP (Polypropylene) – light, durable pipe or fitting material • Viton® GF/GORE-TEX® – highest temperature resistance
with outstanding chemical resistance Bolt materials:
• PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) – stronger, more rigid pipe or
fitting material with excellent chemical resistance • 316SS (stainless steel type 316) – common alloy used in
many storage applications
• CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) – stronger, more
rigid pipe or fitting material with higher temperature rating • Titanium – strong as steel, but half the weight
• C-276 (Alloy C-276) – broader chemical resistance for more
difficult storage applications

36
ORDER INFORMATION

Limited Warranty

POLY PROCESSING COMPANY PRODUCT WARRANTY PERIOD

CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE TANKS for all suitable applications except those listed below 5 yrs.

IMFO® tanks storing SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 9–15 wt%


5 yrs.
XLPE w/ OR-1000™, 1.9 spg rating

NON-IMFO® tanks storing SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 9–15 wt%


1,000 gallons and larger: XLPE w/ OR-1000™, 1.9 spg rating 3 yrs.
Less than 1,000 gallons: XLPE 1.9 spg rating

Tanks storing SULFURIC ACID ≥ 80% concentration


SAFE-Tank® to 8,700 gallons: XLPE w/ OR-1000™, 2.2 spg rating
3 yrs.
Vertical tanks 1,000–6,600 gallons: XLPE w/ OR-1000™, 2.2 spg rating
Vertical tanks less than 1,000 gallons: XLPE 1.9 spg rating

Tanks storing HYDROCHLORIC ACID ≤ 37% concentration


5 yrs.
XLPE w/ OR-1000™, 1.9 spg rating

Tanks storing HYDROCHLORIC ACID ≤ 37% concentration


3 yrs.
XLPE 1.9 spg rating

LINEAR POLYETHYLENE TANKS for all suitable applications except Sodium Hypochlorite 9–15%; Sulfuric Acid
3 yrs.
and Hydrochloric Acid of any concentration

Poly Processing Company’s warranty consists of repair or replacement of defective product. Owner and/or user may be
requested to provide a cleaned section of the product in question for evaluation. Product disposal or alternate use is the
owner’s and/or user’s responsibility. Warranty begins at date of shipment from PPC plant. Parts and ancillary items are
warranted for ninety (90) days.
Poly Processing Company’s liability is limited to either repair or replacement of its product. By accepting delivery of the
product, owner and/or user waives any claim against PPC for incidental or consequential damages as they relate to lost profits
or sales or to injury of persons or property, including secondary containment. Owner and/or user accepts full responsibility for
providing secondary containment appropriate and adequate for the stored material.
This warranty will be nullified if:
1. Product has been used in manner other than its originally declared purpose or if PPC tank recommendations have not
been followed.
2. Product has not been installed, used and maintained in accordance with a) all federal, state and local laws and regulations;
b) generally accepted best practices within the applicable industry; and c) guidelines set forth in the PPC Installation Manual
and/or in PPC Technical Overviews.
3. Product has been altered or repaired by unauthorized personnel.
4. Notification of the defect has not been made in writing within the warranty period.
5. Invoice for product has not been paid.
6. Product has been subjected to misuse, negligence, fire, accident, act of war or act of God.

The limited warranty described herein is Poly Processing Company’s sole 37


warranty and the complete, final and exclusive statement of the terms of
the warranty. Owner and/or user may not rely on any oral statement or
representations. This warranty is neither assignable nor transferable.
Tank Specifications

38
TANK SPECIFICATIONS

Our Tank Offerings

SAFE-Tank® SYSTEMS VERTICAL TANKS WITH IMFO®


A “tank-within-a-tank” that creates secondary Tanks with drainage at the true base, allowing for
containment with a minimal footprint. Available minimal sludge buildup and easier maintenance
with or without OR-1000™ surfacing

VERTICAL TANKS CONE-BOTTOM TANKS


Standard-sized chemical storage tanks in Generally used in a process environment, where
crosslinked polyethylene for superior strength. the tank has to be 100% drained, and to address
Available with OR-1000™ antioxidant surface concerns about vortexing

39
Our Tank Offerings

OPEN-TOP TANKS SECONDARY CONTAINMENT BASINS


Process-oriented tanks that are typically used Used for the nesting of traditional vertical
for blending or for containment. Open-top tanks or vertical IMFO® tanks to meet secondary
often incorporate the use of mixer bridges. containment requirements

Visit www.polyprocessing.com
for easy, intuitive ordering!

HORIZONTAL TANKS
Primarily used in the agricultural industry for
application processes

40
TANK SPECIFICATIONS

SAFE-Tank® System

SAFE-Tank® SYSTEMS – STORAGE & CONTAINMENT


T1 F.O.B. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Lid Size Ladder Height
LA VA CA Height
4 1 2008700
4 1 2110150
L • Assembly 8,700 11'-11" 14'-6" 24" 15'
4 1 2006650
4 1 2107450
L • Assembly 6,650 10'-3" 14'-3" 24" 14'
4 2005400
4 2106300
L • Assembly 5,400 11'-11" 9'-9" 24" 10'
7 1 2004400
7 1 2104950
L • Assembly 4,400 10'-3" 10'-3" 24" 10'
4 2003150
4 2103550
L • Assembly 3,150 10'-2" 7'-7" 24" 7'
4 2002500
4 2103100
L • Assembly 2,500 8'-0" 9'-11" 17" 10'
7 2001550
7 2101950
• Assembly 1,550 8'-0" 6'-11" 17" 7'
7 1 2001000
7 1 2101200
• Assembly 1,000 6'-5" 6'-7" 17" 6'
4 2000540
4 2100655
• Assembly 540 6'-5" 4'-0" 17"
7 1 2000405
7 1 2100445
Assembly 405 4'-0" 5'-9" 7"
4 7 1 2000160
4 7 1 2100220
Assembly 160 3'-0" 4'-11" 7"
4 7 1 2000105
4 7 1 2100150
Assembly 105 3'-0" 3'-6" 7"
4 2000055
4 2100085
Assembly 55 3'-0" 2'-5" 7"

• = Molded-in lifting lugs


L = Molded-in ladder attachment lugs

41
Vertical Tanks With IMFO®

VERTICAL TANKS WITH IMFO®


T2 F.O.B. Stock Nominal Approx. Approx. Lid IMFO® Ladder
LA VA CA Number Capacity O.D. Overall Height Size Size Height
• 1 1113650 13,650 13'-9" 16'-10" 24" 4" 13'
• 1 1112150 12,150 12'-0" 16'-8" 24" 4" 17'
• 4 1112150 12,150 12'-0" 17'-1" 24" 4"D 17'
• 1 1110300 10,300 12'-0" 14'-4" 24" 4" 14'
L • 4 1110150 10,150 11'-11" 14'-5" 24" 4" 14'
L • 4 1108500 8,500 10'-0" 16'-9" 24" 4" 17'
L • 4 1108100 8,100 11'-11" 11'-10" 24" 4" 12'
L • 1 1108050 8,050 10'-0" 15'-6" 24" 4" 15'
L • 4 1107300 7,300 10'-2" 14'-2" 24" 4" 14'
L • 1 1106600 6,600 10'-0" 13'-7" 24" 4" 13'
L • 4 7 1106150 6,150 10'-2" 12'-5" 24" 4" 12'
L • 4 1106100 6,100 8'-6" 16'-4" 24" 4"D 16'
• 1 1106100 6,100 10'-0" 12'-7" 24" 4" 12'
• 4 1105050 5,050 7'-10" 16'-0" 24" 4"D 16'
• 1 1104600 4,600 10'-2" 9'-7" 24" 4" 9'
L • 4 1104300 4,300 11'-11" 7'-1" 24" 4" 7'
L • 7 1104150 4,150 8'-6" 12'-6" 24" 3" 12'
• 1 1104050 4,050 8'-2" 12'-10" 24" 3" 12'
L • 4 1103900 3,900 7'-10" 12'-6" 24" 4"D 12'
L • 4 7 1103000 3,000 7'-1" 12'-0" 24" 3" 12'
L V 7 1102550 2,550 7'-1" 10'-4" 24" 3" 10' T4
L V 4 7 1102000 2,000 7'-1" 8'-6" 24" 3" 8' PADS FOR TANKS WITH IMFO ®

1 1101600 1,600 6'-1" 9'-1" 17" 3" 9' F.O.B. Stock


4 7 1101400 1,400 5'-4" 9'-11" 17" 3" Diameter Height
LA VA CA Number
1 1101250 1,250 5'-0" 9'-10" 17" 3"
7 8000004 4'-0" 4"
7 1101150 1,150 5'-4" 8'-3" 17" 3"
1 8000005 5'-0" 6"
7 1100905 905 5'-4" 6'-7" 17" 2"
7 8000054 5'-4" 4"
4 1100545 545 4'-0" 6'-11" 17" 2"
1 8000006 6'-0" 6"
F 7 1100475 475 4'-0" 6'-4" 17" 3"
7 8000071 7'-1" 4"
F 7 1100325 325 4'-0" 4'-8" 17" 3"
4 1 8000008 8'-2" 4"
F 7 1100230 230 3'-2" 4'-11" 17" 3"
4 8000086 8'-6" 4"
1 8000010 10'-0" 4"
SLOPED BOTTOM VERTICAL TANK WITH IMFO® 4 7 8000102 10'-2" 4"
T3 F.O.B. Stock Nominal Approx. Approx. Lid IMFO® Ladder 4 1 8000012 12'-0" 4"
LA VA CA Number Capacity O.D. Overall Height Size Size Height 1 8000014 14'-0" 4"
• 1 1211800 11,800 12'-0" 16'-6" 24" 4" 15' 4 8100086 8'-6" Slope 12" x 6"
L • 4 1206350 6,350 10'-2" 12'-7" 24" 4" 13' 1 8100010 10'-0" Slope 12" x 6"
L • 1 1206250 6,250 10'-0" 13'-1" 24" 4" 12' 4 8100102 10'-2" Slope 16" x 6"
L • 7 1204100 4,100 8'-6" 12'-11" 24" 3" 13' 1 8100012 12'-0" Slope 10" x 4"

• = Molded-in lifting lugs


L = Molded-in ladder attachment lugs
V = Molded-in lifting lugs – Virginia only
D = Double IMFO® available
F = Flat backing ring required

42
TANK SPECIFICATIONS

Vertical Tanks

VERTICAL TANKS
T5 F.O.B. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Lid Size Ladder Height
LA VA CA Height
• 1 1013650 13,650 13'-9" 16'-10" 24" 13'
L • 4 1012250 12,250 11'-11" 17'-1" 24" 17'
• 1 1012150 12,150 12'-0" 16'-8" 24" 16'
L • 4 1010300 10,300 11'-11" 14'-6" 24" 14'
L • 1 1010300 10,300 11'-11" 14'-6" 24" 14'
• 1 1009100 9,100 12'-0" 12'-11" 24" 12'
L • 4 1008500 8,500 10'-0" 16'-9" 24" 16'
L • 1 1008050 8,050 10'-0" 15'-8" 24" 15'
L • 4 1 1007300 7,300 10'-2" 14'-2" 24" 14'
L • 4 7 1006150 6,150 10'-2" 12'-4" 24" 12'
L • 4 1006100 6,100 8'-6" 16'-4" 24" 16'
• 1 1006100 6,100 10'-0" 12'-8" 24" 12'
L • 4 7 1005300 5,300 9'-2" 12'-10" 24" 13'
• 1 1005100 5,100 10'-2" 10'-7" 24" 10'
L • 4 1005050 5,050 7'-10" 16'-0" 24" 16'
1 1004925 4,925 9'-0" 11'-11" 24" 11'
• 1 1004900 4,900 12'-0" 8'-1" 24" 6'
L • 4 1004250 4,250 11'-11" 7'-0" 24" 7'
L • 7 1004150 4,150 8'-6" 12'-6" 24" 12'
L • 4 7 1003900 3,900 7'-10" 12'-9" 24" 12'
L • 7 1003850 3,850 10'-2" 8'-6" 24" 8'
• 1 1003650 3,650 10'-2" 8'-5" 24" 6'
L • 4 7 1003000 3,000 7'-1" 11'-8" 24" 12'
L 4 7 1002650 2,650 8'-0" 8'-9" 24" 8'
L V 4 7 1002550 2,550 7'-1" 10'-4" 24" 10'
1 1002500 2,500 8'-0" 8'-2" 24" 8'
L 4 7 1002250 2,250 8'-0" 7'-9" 24" 7'
1 1002000 2,000 7'-5" 7'-5" 17" 7'
L V 4 7 1002000 2,000 7'-1" 8'-6" 24" 8'
7 1001950 1,950 5'-4" 13'-5" 17"
1 1001700 1,700 6'-1" 9'-7" 17" 9'
1 1001550 1,550 5'-1" 11'-9" 17"

• = Molded-in lifting lugs


L = Molded-in ladder attachment lugs
V = Molded-in lifting lugs – Virginia only

VERTICAL TANKS CONTINUED »»

43
Vertical Tanks (continued)

T6
VERTICAL TANKS (continued)
F.O.B. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Lid Size Ladder Height
LA VA CA Height
4 1001450 1,450 7'-2" 6'-2" 17"
4 7 1001400 1,400 5'-4" 10'-0" 17"
4 7 1001150 1,150 5'-4" 8'-2" 17" 8'
1 1001090 1,090 5'-1" 8'-6" 17" 8'
7 1001050 1,050 5'-1" 8'-6" 17" 7'
4 1001000 1,000 7'-2" 4'-8" 17"
4 7 1000905 905 5'-4" 6'-9" 17" 6'
7 1000805 805 4'-0" 9'-11" 17"
4 1000755 755 5'-4" 5'-9" 24"
1 1000685 685 5'-1" 5'-4" 17"
7 1000615 615 4'-0" 7'-9" 17"
1 1000540 540 4'-0" 7'-0" 17"
4 7 1000540 540 4'-0" 6'-9" 17"
1 1000475 475 4'-0" 6'-3" 17"
7 1000400 400 3'-9" 5'-3" 7"
1 1000325 325 4'-0" 4'-8" 17"
1 1000300 300 3'-6" 4'-11" 7"
4 1000295 295 3'-10" 4'-5" 7"
7 1000281 281 2'-10" 7'-0" 7"
1 1000280 280 2'-10" 7'-0" 7"
1 1000230 230 3'-2" 4'-11" 17"
4 1000205 205 2'-7" 6'-2" 7"
4 1000155 155 2'-7" 4'-9" 7"
1 1000115 115 2'-6" 3'-11" 7"
4 1000100 100 1'-11" 5'-7" 7"
1 1000055 55 1'-11" 3'-5" 7"

Cone-Bottom Tanks
T7
CONE-BOTTOM TANKS
F.O.B. Overall Height
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Slope Degrees Approx. O.D. Lid Size Ladder Height
LA VA CA with Stand
1 4006850 6,850 60 10'-1" 20'-3" 24" 19'
4 4006500 6,500 45 9'-3" 19'-3" 24" 19'
1 4105550 5,550 30 10'-0" 15'-4" 24" 15'
4 4005350 5,350 45 9'-3" 16'-11" 24" 16'
4 1 4002300 2,300 30 7'-11" 9'-9" 16"/24" 9'
1 4001400 1,400 30 7'-11" 7'-2" 16"/24" 7'
1 4001070 1,070 45 5'-1" 11'-2" 17" 10'
1 4000735 735 48 5'-1" 8'-11" 17" 8'
1 4000615 615 44 4'-0" 9'-9" 17" 9'
1 4000335 335 44 4'-0" 6'-9" 17" 6'

44
TANK SPECIFICATIONS

Open-Top Tanks

T8
OPEN-TOP / CONTAINMENT TANKS
F.O.B. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Flange Type Cover Type
LA VA CA Height
1 1514650 14,650 14'-0" 13'-1" Internal
1 1512300 12,300 12'-0" 15'-0" Internal
1 1506900 6,900 12'-0" 8'-4" Internal
1 1505000 5,000 12'-0" 6'-0" Internal
1 1504000 4,000 10'-0" 6'-11" Internal
7 1503650 3,650 8'-6" 9'-0" Internal
4 1503050 3,050 8'-0" 8'-5" External Domed Cover
1 1502890 2,890 10'-0" 5'-0" Internal
4 1502650 2,650 8'-0" 7'-3" External Domed Cover
1 1502400 2,400 7'-5" 7'-7" Internal
4 1502000 2,000 8'-0" 5'-7" External Domed Cover
7 1501800 1,800 6'-1" 8'-6" Internal
1 1501800 1,800 6'-1" 8'-7" Internal
7 1501750 1,750 7'-9" 5'-1" Internal
7 1501200 1,200 7'-8" 3'-8" Internal
1 1501200 1,200 6'-1" 5'-7" Internal
7 1501150 1,150 6'-1" 5'-7" Internal
7 1500960 960 5'-4" 6'-0" Internal
1 1500760 760 6'-1" 3'-7" Internal
7 1500715 715 6'-1" 3'-9" Internal
1 1500710 710 5'-1" 4'-9" Internal
7 1500700 700 5'-1" 4'-9" Internal
1 1500515 515 4'-0" 5'-7" Internal
4 1500470 470 3'-10" 5'-8" External Mod. Shoe Box
1 1500370 370 4'-0" 4'-0" Internal
7 1500360 360 4'-0" 4'-0" Internal
4 1500330 330 3'-10" 4'-0" External Mod. Shoe Box
4 1500160 160 2'-7" 4'-4" External Mod. Shoe Box
1 1500160 160 3'-1" 3'-0" Internal
7 1500155 155 3'-1" 3'-0" Internal

45
Secondary Containment Basins

T9
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT – CYLINDRICAL – NESTABLE
F.O.B. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Top* Approx. O.D. Bottom Flange Width
LA VA CA Height
4 1501500 1500 11'-9" 11'-6" 2'-0" 2"
7 1500935 935 6'-7" 6'-3" 4'-0" 2"
7 1500570 570 6'-6" 6'-4" 2'-7" 2"

T10
SECONDARY CONTAINMENT – RECTANGULAR
F.O.B. Approx. I.D. Approx. Overall
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. I.D. Length Flange Width
LA VA CA Width Height
4 5101850 1,850 9'-11" 8'-11" 2'-11" 3"
4 5101500 1,500 6'-3" 5'-3" 7'-2" 4"
4 5101150 1,150 5'-9" 4'-9" 6'-2" 3"
1 5101000 1,000 12'-7" 7'-7" 2'-4" N/A
1 5100730 730 8'-6" 4'-10" 3'-0" N/A
4 5100700 700 8'-0" 6'-0" 2'-1" 3"
4 5100635 635 9'-2" 3'-1" 3'-2" 4"
1 5100555 555 6'-6" 4'-10" 3'-0" N/A
4 7 5100440 440** 5'-8" 4'-8" 2'-6" 2"
4 5100385 385 5'-6" 3'-7" 2'-10" 2"
7 5100320 320 5'-6" 3'-5" 2'-8" 3"
4 5100225 225** 4'-10" 3'-2" 2'-1" 4"
1 5300175 175 10'-5" 5'-0" 8" 3"
4 1 5300135 135 3'-5" 3'-5" 2'-2" N/A
4 5100080 80 3'-1" 2'-1" 2'-1" 2"

* Diameter does not include flange.


** Support stand with grating is available.
NOTE: External support is required to maintain calculated volume on rectangular tanks.

46
TANK SPECIFICATIONS

Horizontal Tanks

T11
HORIZONTAL TANKS
F.O.B. Nominal Saddle 4' Stand 6' Stand
Stock Number Approx. O.D. Approx. Length Lid Size
LA VA CA Capacity Stock # Stock # Stock #
1 3002600 2,600 5'-10" 13'-8" 16" 6319
4 3001950 1,950 5'-4" 13'-2" 19" 3464 3475 3486
1 3001050 1,050 4'-0" 11'-11" 17" 6316
4 3001000 1,000 5'-4" 7'-3" 10"/19" 3459 3472 3483
1 3000610 610 3'-11" 7'-9" 7" 6678
4 3000520 520 4'-0" 6'-4" 10" 3456 3470 3481
1 3000400 400 3'-6" 6'-0" 17" 6312
1 3000170 170 2'-8" 4'-7" 12" 6306

T12
HORIZONTAL LEG TANKS
F.O.B. Stock # for
Stock Number Nominal Capacity Approx. O.D. Approx. Length Lid Size
LA VA CA Metalwork
4 3502500 2,500 5'-5" x 6'-10" 13'-0" 22" 5307
1 3402500 2,500 5'-10" 14'-11" 17" 6329
1 3401750 1,750 5'-0" 12'-11" 17" 6328
4 3401600 1,600 4'-8" 13'-3" 22" 5303
1 3401060 1,060 5'-4" 7'-3" 17" 6327
4 3401050 1,050 4'-0" 12'-9" 16" 5299
1 3401030 1,030 4'-0" 11'-11" 17" 6326
4 3400700 700 4'-6" 6'-9" 16" 7614
4 1 3400515 515 4'-0" 6'-4" 12" 6325
4 3400410 410 3'-7" 5'-11" 12" 6324
4 3400330 330 3'-3" 6'-2" 12" 6323
4 1 3400220 220 3'-3" 4'-2" 12" 6322
4 1 3400135 135 2'-7" 3'-10" 12" 6321
4 3400065 65 1'-11" 3'-6" 7"

47
Fittings and Accessories
Poly Processing carries hundreds of fittings and accessories for chemical storage. The
following pages give an overview of our more popular products. For a complete list of
our inventory, with prices, please contact your Poly Processing representative. This
representative can also help you determine which products are most suitable for the
chemical you are storing.

48
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Fittings

THE B.O.S.S.™ FITTING BOLTED FLANGE FITTINGS


This one-piece sure-seal fitting prevents leaks and adds value Available in PVC and CPVC. With these fittings, all aspects of
to your tank installation. Its one-piece design reduces the seal fitting maintenance can be done externally, with no tank entry
point to a single gasket, and its polyethylene construction required. These can be installed on sidewall or dome. Bolt heads
ensures chemical compatibility. Its back ring design reduces are encapsulated in polyethylene, providing chemical resistance.
stress on the fitting and makes it three times stronger than
similar plastic fittings. Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276 and Alloy 400
Body: standard PVC and CPVC
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium and C-276
Connections: socketed or threaded
Body: Polyethylene
Sizes: 1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ and 4˝ threaded;
Connections: socketed 1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝, 4˝ and 6˝ socketed
Size: 1˝, 2˝ and 3˝ Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF Options: flange adapter, siphon leg
Options: flange adapter, siphon leg

49
Fittings

BOLTED SPOOL FITTINGS BULKHEAD FITTINGS


The Bolted Spool Fitting is fabricated per the customer’s An economical fitting best used on small tanks in mild
requirements and is typically used for larger dome and applications. Can be installed on sidewall, overflow or dome.
sidewall connections. Use a Van Stone flange to connect May be used as a overflow fitting with all chemicals, since
piping. Bolted Spool Fittings 8 inches or greater are it’s non-wetted. Bulkhead Fittings must be installed from
manufactured with gussets. the inside of the tank, requiring tank entry for repairs and
maintenance. They should not be used on tanks greater than
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276 and Alloy 400 3,000 gallons or tanks greater than 6 feet in height.
Body: standard PVC, CPVC and polypropylene Body: standard PVC, CPVC and polypropylene
Connections: flanged Connections: socketed or threaded
Size: 1˝ to 12˝ Size: 1/2˝ to 6˝
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Options: siphon leg Options: flange adapter, siphon leg

NOTE: Over time, this fitting “creeps,” causing the nut to loosen.
Regular monitoring for drips is critical.

50
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Fittings

UNIVERSAL BALL DOME FLANGES UNIVERSAL BALL DOME BULKHEADS


These flanges are “self-aligning,” which allows for vertical Our Universal Ball Dome Bulkheads are also “self-aligning,”
plumbing on the dome of the tank up to 22 degrees. The which allows for vertical plumbing on the dome of the tank.
fitting can be repaired and maintained externally without tank An economical alternative to UBD flange-style bulkheads,
entry. Available with Ryton® bolts, an economical alternative since no additional bolts are required.
to titanium, C-276, and Alloy 400.
Body: standard PVC or CPVC
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276, Alloy 400, Ryton®
Connections: threaded
Body: standard PVC or CPVC
Size: 1˝ to 3˝
Connections: threaded
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Size: 1˝ to 4˝
Options: flange adapter
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Options: flange adapter

NOTE: These fittings are for top-use only.

51
Fittings

MADE-VERTICAL FITTINGS FLANGE ADAPTERS


Made-Vertical Fittings are fabricated per the customer’s Includes a nipple and flange for connection to plumbing system
requirements. They are typically used for larger domes that
require a fitting to be above 4 inches and in those few cases Body: standard PVC and CPVC
where our domes are extremely steep. They may need to be Connections: socketed or threaded
supported independently of the tank. For optimal support,
install it on a tank runway or as close to the edge as possible. Sizes: 1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ and 4˝ threaded;
1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝, 4˝, and 6˝ socketed
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276, Alloy 400, Ryton®
Body: standard PVC or CPVC
Size: 6˝ to 10˝
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Options: flange adapter socketed or threaded

NOTE: This fitting is for top-use only.

52
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Plumbing

BUTTERFLY VALVES BALL VALVES


Being slim and light weight yet robust, makes this the ideal Complete line of high-performance Ball Valves to meet
shutoff valve for IMFO® drain. varying needs
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276, Alloy 400 Body: standard PVC, CPVC and polypropylene
Body: standard PVC, CPVC and polypropylene Connections: socketed, threaded or true union
Size: 2˝ to 6˝ Size: 1/2˝ to 6˝
Seals: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF Seals: EPDM, Viton® and Teflon®
Options: flange adapter Options: flange adapter

NOTE: Can also be used on mechanical fittings


by using a flange adapter.

53
Plumbing

FLEXIBLE HOSE CONNECTIONS FLEXIJOINT® EXPANSION JOINT


Flexible Hose Connections isolate the tank from the stresses These flexible PTFE connectors and tremor barriers are
and forces associated with pumps and piping. This connection designed to compensate for misalignment, absorb expansion
is manufactured from ultra high molecular weight hose, which and contraction, and isolate the vibration and shock that
offers tremendous chemical resistance; two King nipples could damage a tank. Their low spring rate protects stress-
(barbed); and mechanically attached stainless steel bands sensitive connections. Can be installed directly to the dome
securing the hose to the nipple. These connections are also a of the tank to overcome piping misalignment
great solution for transitioning through secondary containment.
• Made of pure 100% virgin PTFE resin
Connections: threaded • Ethylene’s exclusive Fluorforming™ process guarantees
Sizes: 1˝ to 4˝ multiple convolution walls of consistently uniform thickness
for any size.
• Features T-Band™ root and sidewall support and
protection from over-compression
• LimitLinks™ stainless steel cables protect from over-expansion.
Bolts: 316 stainless steel, titanium, C-276, Alloy 400
Gaskets: EPDM, Viton® and Viton® GF
Performance specifications:
»» Axial Compression ≥ 1.5˝
»» Axial Extension ≥ 0.625˝
»» Lateral Deflection ≥ 0.750˝
»» Angular Deflection ≥ 14°
»» Torsional Rotation ≥ 4°

54
Plumbing

PVC LIQUID LEVEL GAUGES REVERSE FLOAT LEVEL GAUGES


PVC Liquid Level Gauges are made from 3/4 inches clear PVC The Reverse Float Level Gauges offer a safe and reliable
tubing for a level indicator with up to three optional valves. means of determining the chemical level in your tank and
Please note that one pipe support should be used for every especially in the SAFE-Tank®. Available in PVC as standard.
6 feet of sidewall height to maintain alignment.
Advantages:
• No sidewall tank penetrations or chemical exposure
• All joints are dry fit for easier part replacement.
• Internal float now weighted to chemical specific gravity
• Polypropylene rope used for indicator
• Calibration tape can be added for tank capacity.
• Standard or freestanding pipe supports available

NOTE: These gauges are NOT intended to be used for


metering purposes.

55
Plumbing

COMBINATION INTERNAL & EXTERNAL FILL EXTERNAL DROP PIPES


FILL/DISCHARGE DROP PIPES Fill Line assemblies are available in PVC and CPVC with
Fill Line assemblies are available in PVC and CPVC with sizes sizes ranging from 1 to 3 inches and include a true union
ranging from 1 to 3 inches and include a true union for quick connection for easy assembly. When choosing a fitting, be
assembly. When choosing a fitting, be sure to consider if the sure to consider if the fill will be placed on the flat of the
fill will be placed on the flat of the dome; otherwise it will dome; otherwise it will require a self-leveling fitting.
require a self-leveling fitting.
Optional fittings: ball valve, quick adapter and cap (as
For dome fittings installed +/- 12 inches from the sidewall, shown). 45° elbow also available
standard pipe supports can be used. If the dome fitting is
more than 12 inches from the sidewall or if the fitting size is
greater than 4 inches, you must use a non-invasive internal
pipe support (our “promo tank”) to support the internal
piping. Customer installation of the internal drop pipe
assembly is required. Use a universal ball dome fitting for
easier installation. Pipe supports should be used one for
every 6 inches of sidewall height.
Optional fittings: ball valve, quick adapter and cap and 45°
elbow as shown

56
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Plumbing

FILL/DISCHARGE INTERNAL DROP PIPES


Fill Line assemblies are available in PVC and CPVC with sizes
ranging from 1 to 3 inches and include a true union for quick
assembly. For dome fittings installed +/- 12 inches from the
sidewall, standard pipe supports can be used. If the dome
fitting is more than 12 inches from the sidewall or if the fitting
size is greater than 4 inches, you must use a non-invasive
internal pipe support (our “promo tank”) to support the
internal piping. Customer installation of the internal drop
pipe assembly is required. Use a universal ball dome fitting
for easier installation. Pipe supports should be used one for
every 6 feet of sidewall height.

57
Manways/Lids

BOLTED (8/16) MANWAY COVER FUME-TIGHT MANWAY COVER


These are the most popular covers we provide. They are Available in two sizes, 17 and 24 inches, with bolts of stainless
available in 24 inches. Please note that if you plan on visually steel, Alloy C-276 and titanium. Gasket materials available
inspecting the interior of the tank with some frequency, our include EPDM, Viton®, Viton® GF, XLPE or Buna. The 17-inch
SAFE-Surge™ manway cover may be a better alternative. model is often used on 19-inch manways as well.

58
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Manways/Lids

SAFE-Surge™ MANWAY COVER THREADED LID


Designed specifically for pneumatic-filled tanks. Releases at a Available in two sizes, 7 and 17 inches, coarse threaded.
6-inch water column to prevent over-pressurization, ensuring Gasket materials available include EPDM, Viton®, Viton® GF,
that the tank maintains proper ACFM at all times – even in the XLPE or Buna.
event of air surges that cannot be handled by primary venting.
Available in 19 and 24 inches. For detailed venting requirements,
please refer to the chart on page 63.

59
Accessories

LADDER ASSEMBLIES HEAT PADS AND INSULATION


Poly Processing’s tank ladders are available in heights from 6 Poly Processing’s tank heating systems are specifically
to 20 feet, depending on the tank application. To determine designed for temperature maintenance of polyethylene tanks.
height, ladder height equals height to top of manway rounded SilcoPad® tank heating systems maintain a desired product
to the nearest foot. If height of ladder exceeds the height of temperature, not to exceed 100 degrees F.
the manway, subtract 1 foot.
• Each heating system consists of tank heating pad(s) and a
• Ladders are available in mild steel as well as temperature controller. The quantity and type of SilcoPad®
FRP construction. tank heating pads required is determined by the size
• All ladders meet OSHA requirements. of the tank, the desired temperature maintenance and
environmental conditions.
• Ladders are not offered on all tanks due to safety
requirements. Approved systems are noted with the • Tanks are available with standard heating systems with a
appropriate ladder height in the distributor price list. Delta T of 30, 60 and 100 degrees F.
• Cages range from 7 to 8 feet and extend 4 feet above the • Tanks are typically supplied with the heating panels and
top rung of the ladder. a controller installed by Poly Processing. The only field
connection required is a power supply to the heating system.
Tanks with a center manway will have the additional cost of a
platform to reach the ladder. Please contact our customer support staff if HT & I is
required on a 14-foot-diameter tank.

60
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Accessories

OPTIC LEAK DETECTION SWITCH ULTRASONIC LEVEL SWITCH


This switch is an excellent choice for leak detection in This CSA-approved switch is intrinsically safe for use in
secondary containment tanks. The submersible sensor is hazardous-area locations. The Ultrasonic Level Switch is
mounted in the interstitial space of the tank. The internal broadly used in chemical liquids. Its 1A relay provides a
1A relay provides a reliable switch interface with indicators, reliable switch interface with remote devices such as a PLC,
PLCs, SCADAs and alarms. SCADA or alarm. This submersible sensor is universally
mounted through the wall inside the tank.
• Fail-safe leak sensor inverts wet to alert user
for maintenance. • CSA-approved intrinsically safe for use in
• Rugged PP or PFA Teflon® probe and cable rated NEMA 6 hazardous-area locations
• 1A relay selectable NO or NC via power supply • Rugged PP or PFA Teflon® probe and cable rated NEMA 6
wiring polarity • 1A relay selectable NO or NC via power supply
• Compatible with MicroPoint™ multi-channel indicator wiring polarity
• Compatible with MicroPoint™ multi-channel indicator

61
Restraints

SEISMIC RESTRAINTS WIND RESTRAINTS


Used to protect against seismic events, these clip systems Poly Processing offers cable systems to help stabilize tank
are available for location- and site-specific information areas. systems that are challenged by wind.
• PE wet stamps will be provided by request for a fee. • Standard systems are designed for wind speeds of 130 mph.
Contact Poly Processing’s customer support staff. • PE wet stamps will be provided by request for a fee.
• If the tank will be placed on a concrete pad, it is critical to
allow at least 8 inches of space between the tanks and the For all other design considerations, please contact our
edge of the pad to accommodate the proper anchoring of customer support team and ask to talk to our engineering
the clips. department. For Monroe, LA, call 866.590.6845;
for French Camp, CA, call 877.325.3142.
For all other design considerations, please contact our
customer support team and ask to talk to our engineering
department. For Monroe, LA, call 866.590.6845;
for French Camp, CA, call 877.325.3142.

62
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES

Vents

MUSHROOM VENT U-VENT


For day tanks, an economical alternative to traditional U-vents Standard venting for outdoor tanks or for storing chemicals
or fittings. Made of polypropylene, in sizes 1 to 3 inches that create fumes. In PVC, in sizes 2 to 6 inches

VENTING REQUIREMENTS FOR POLYETHYLENE TANKS


Mechanical Pump Fill Pneumatic Fill

IF ≤ 1,000 gallons IF – Vent length ≤ 3' IF – Vent length > 3' and ≤ 30' IF – Scrubber application
Vent pipe size throughout scrubber
Vent size should equal system CANNOT be reduced!
AND – Vent screen mesh size ≥ ¼" AND – 3 or less 90° elbows with no
size of largest fill or
or no screen used other restrictions or reduction in pipe size Centerline of dispersion pipe
discharge fitting
not to be submersed > 6"
Perforated dispersion pipe must be
Emergency Pressure Relief Emergency Pressure Relief
IF > 1,000 gallons same diameter as vent or larger. Sum of
Cover Required Cover Required
perforations ≥ cross-sectional area of pipe
Tanker Inlet/Fitting Minimum Tanker Inlet/Fitting Minimum Tanker Inlet/Fitting Minimum
Vent size should Discharge Size Vent Size Discharge Size Vent Size Discharge Size Vent Size
exceed the largest fill or 2" 2" 4" 2" 2" 6" 2" 2" 6"
discharge fitting by 1" 3" 2" 6" 3" 2" 6" 3" 2" 8"
3" 3" 6" 3" 3" 8" 3" 3" 10"
»» See our website for Detailed Venting Guidelines.

63
Delivery:
Getting it to you at the right time, in the right condition.

At Poly Processing, we do our best to keep you informed and on track. Once you place
your order with us, you’ll have full access to daily order tracking, and we’ll give you 24
to 48 hours’ notice of tank delivery as well. We’ll gladly work with you to accommodate
special needs, coordinating with issues such as crane delivery.

Your order will ship directly from one of our three strategically located plant sites:
Louisiana, California or Virginia. We make all the arrangements for wide loads, escort-
permitted loads, flatbeds, vans, less-than-truckloads, and common carriers and hot
shots. We also ship via UPS and Fed Ex, when it makes sense to do so. We have the
ability to handle overseas shipments, too.

All of our tanks are washed, cleaned, protective-wrapped and final inspected before
shipment, and common carrier shipments are wrapped and palletized.

For extra security, fitting and thread protectors are added, and all loose parts are
boxed and labeled.

64
Smarter Storage Means a Safer Environment
At Poly Processing, we know that chemical storage isn’t
just about business processes. It’s about protecting our
environment from harm. So our company constantly strives
to create smarter, safer ways to contain, maintain and
transfer chemicals. By bringing new and better ideas to
the industry, we’re safeguarding our planet. It is part of our
commitment to continually seek better solutions to chemical
storage challenges.

California Louisiana virginia


8055 S. Ash St. P. O. Box 4150 161 McGhee Rd.
French Camp, CA 95231 2201 Old Sterlington Rd. Winchester, VA 22603
Tel: 877.325.3142 Monroe, LA 71203 Tel: 866.590.6845
Tel: 866.590.6845

sales@polyprocessing.com

www.polyprocessing.com
QUALITY STANDARD FOR
®
TRIFUSION PLUS
GLASS COATINGS
FOR USE IN
INDUSTRIAL LIQUID STORAGE TANKS
1. SCOPE out under quality management systems
accredited to ISO 9001(2).
This Standard specifies the quality
requirements for the TRIFUSION® PLUS 4. RAW MATERIALS
process for glass coating by vitreous 4.1 The steel used shall have a
enamelling of panels intended for use in specification as agreed between
the construction of storage tanks for uses Permastore and the steel supplier having
such as the storage or treatment of due regard to the requirements of the
industrial effluent, where a wider enamelling process.
variability of liquor concentrations exists
and the more aggressive environment 4.2 All other raw materials used in the
demands a superior quality. production of the glass coated panels
shall be inspected on receipt at
This Standard applies to the enamelling Permastore’s premises to ensure that they
elements of the TRIFUSION® PLUS meet Permastore’s specifications.
process, however, the quality criteria in
Section 5.2 should apply to the tank as 4.3 Where Permastore is not able to
built. The TRIFUSION® PLUS glass inspect raw material against any aspect of
coating has been developed with Permastore’s specification or the
reference to International Standard specification according to Clause 5.1.1 (for
specifications for glass coatings on bolted example, chemical composition of steels,
steel panels and conforms to EN flow bead tests of glass etc.), Permastore
ISO 28765(1). shall require the supplier to carry out
such inspections at the supplier’s
2. DEFINITIONS premises and provide Permastore with
For the purposes of this Standard, the authorised copies of certificates for such
following definitions shall apply. inspections and record conformity of the
raw materials in accordance with the
Glass coating: Any coating, Quality Specification, and make certified
commonly also referred to as vitreous copies of those records available.
enamel, based on silica Glass-Fused-to-
Steel sheets by the TRIFUSION® PLUS 5. QUALITY
process at temperatures sufficient to 5.1 Glass Coating
cause glass melting and chemical bonding
to the steel substrate so as to form a Glass coated test samples shall be
composite glass/steel panel. regularly tested to ensure that the
properties of the glass coating meet the
Supplier: Any company supplying requirements of this Standard and
Permastore with any materials for use in Permastore’s specification.
the TRIFUSION® PLUS process.
5.1.1 Quality Specification
Defect: Any void, break, crack, thin
spot, blister, foreign inclusion or Tests shall be carried out to ensure that
contamination of the glass coating. the glass coating on the contact enamel
surface meets the chemical resistance and
Discontinuity: Any defect which physical properties specifications set out
allows an electric current to pass through in Table 1.
the glass coating when testing using the
specified instrument operated in
accordance with Section 5.2.2 of this
Standard.
3. GENERAL
The inspection procedures specified in
this Standard and the TRIFUSION®
PLUS enamelling process shall be carried

Doc Ref: P106 Rev 13 01/10/14 Page 1 of 4


TABLE 1 – CHEMICAL RESISTANCE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

MINIMUM
TEST QUALITY
TEST
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
FREQUENCY
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE (Inside Surface)
Citric acid at room EN ISO 28706-
Class AA Monthly
temperature 1:2011 (3) Clause 9
Maximum weight loss
EN ISO 28706-
Boiling citric acid 0.75g/m2 after Annually
2:2011 Clause 10
(4)
2½ hours
Boiling distilled or Maximum weight loss
demineralized
EN ISO 28706-
water Annually
2:2011 Clause 13
Liquid phase - 1.5g/ m2 after 48 hours
Vapour phase - 5g/m2 after 48 hours
Hot sodium EN ISO 28706- Maximum weight loss
Annually
hydroxide 4:2011 (5) Clause 9 6g/ m2 after 24 hours
Sulphuric acid at EN ISO 28706-
Class AA Monthly
room temperature 1:2011 Clause 10
Hydrochloric acid
EN ISO 28706-
at room Class AA Monthly
1:2011 Clause 11
temperature
Boiling Maximum weight loss
EN ISO 28706-
hydrochloric acid Annually
2:2011 Clause 12
Vapour phase 7g/m2 after 7 days
Standard detergent EN ISO 28706- Maximum weight loss
Annually
solutions 3:2011 (6) Clause 9 2.5g/m2 in 24 hours
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (Inside Surface)
ISO 4532(7), 40N Maximum cracking
Impact Monthly
force. 2mm after 24 hours
EN 10209:
Adherence level Class 2 Monthly
Annex C(8)
Resistance to Maximum weight loss
ISO 6370-2(9) Annually
abrasion 45g/m2
Resistance to EN ISO
No Damage Annually
thermal shock 28763:Annex A (10)
Scratch hardness EN 15771(11) Mohs 5 Monthly

Doc Ref: P106 Rev 13 01/10/14 Page 2 of 4


5.2 Finished Panels thickness outside these ranges shall be
rejected.
Finished panels shall be inspected
5.2.4 Inspection of Glass Colour
following the enamelling process, prior
to packing and despatch from The outside panel surface shall be
Permastore’s premises. Permastore inspected using a colour comparator
shall carry out inspections on both the instrument and the colour checked
inside and the outside surfaces. In against standard limits set by
cases where both the inside and the Permastore. Inspection shall be carried
outside surfaces of the panel are in out using a sampling procedure
contact with the stored liquid both complying with ISO 2859: Part 1.
surfaces shall be treated as inside Panels of a colour outside these limits
surfaces for the purposes of this shall be rejected.
Standard.
6. HANDLING AND PACKING
5.2.1 Inspection of the Outside
Prior to storage or packing panel edges
Surface
shall be protected using a material
The outside surface of all panels shall approved by Permastore for this
be inspected visually under good purpose and applied according to the
daylight or equivalent lighting for edge protection material
defects in the glass coating. Any panel manufacturer's instructions. All panels
having visible defects larger than 1mm shall be packed using a suitable
shall be rejected. Any panel having membrane between the panels.
more than three visible defects per m2
7. GUIDANCE NOTES FOR
of the total panel area shall be rejected.
INSTALLATION AND USE
All visible defects on the outside surface
of accepted panels shall be repaired 7.1 Care in Handling
using a repair material approved by
Recommendations for the correct
Permastore for this purpose and
methods of handling outside the
applied according to the repair material
enamelling premises are given in the
manufacturer's instructions.
Permastore Construction Guide.
5.2.2 Inspection of the Inside
7.2 Inspection at the
Surface
Construction Site
The inside panel surface shall be
During tank installation, the use of an
inspected using a high voltage tester
approved low voltage wet swab tester
approved by Permastore for this
on the inside panel surface is
purpose and used in accordance with
recommended. Permastore can advise
Test A of EN 14430(12) and
on the use of the low voltage wet swab
Clause 5.2.2.1. Inspection shall be
test equipment. Guidance is also given
carried out on every panel and any
in the Permastore Construction Guide.
panel having any discontinuities shall
be rejected. 7.3 Change of Use
5.2.2.1 The tester shall have an Owners and users of industrial storage
accuracy of ±1% and a test voltage of tanks should be aware that changes in
1500 volts shall be used. The tester the use or structure of a tank can result
shall have a valid calibration record. in dramatic changes to the operating
environment and affect the coating and
5.2.3 Inspection of the Glass design limitations of the tank.
Thickness Permastore will offer advice on request.
The thickness of the glass shall be
measured using an approved
instrument suitable for a measurement
range of 0-500m and used in
accordance with EN ISO 2178(13).
Inspection shall be carried out using a
sampling procedure complying with
ISO 2859: Part 1(14).
The thickness of the glass on the inside
surface of every panel shall be
maintained in the range from 340µm to
500µm. The thickness of the glass on
the outside surface of every panel shall
be maintained in the range from 250µm
to 500µm. Panels having a glass
Doc Ref: P106 Rev 13 01/10/14 Page 3 of 4
8. REFERENCES 9. ISO 6370-2:2011
1. EN ISO 28765:2011 Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
Determination of resistance to
Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
abrasion – Part 2: Loss in mass
Design of vitreous enamel coated
after sub-surface abrasion.
bolted steel tanks for the storage or
treatment of water or municipal or 10. EN ISO 28763:2011
industrial effluents and sludges. Vitreous and porcelain enamels -
2. ISO 9001 Regenerative, enamelled and
packed panels for air-gas and gas-
Quality management systems -
gas heat exchangers –
Requirements for design,
specifications.
manufacture and installation of
vitreous enamelled tanks and silos 11. EN 15771:2010
for storage and processing of liquid Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
and dry product and associated Determination of surface scratch
equipment. hardness according to the Mohs
3. EN ISO 28706-1:2011 scale.
Vitreous and porcelain enamels – 12. EN 14430:2004
Determination of resistance to Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
chemical corrosion – Part 1: High voltage test.
Determination of resistance to
13. EN ISO 2178:1995
chemical corrosion by acids at
room temperature. Non-magnetic coatings on
magnetic substrates –
4. EN ISO 28706-2:2011
Measurement of coating thickness
Vitreous and porcelain enamels – – Magnetic method.
Determination of resistance to
14. ISO 2859:1999
chemical corrosion – Part 2:
Determination of resistance to Sampling procedure for inspection
chemical corrosion by boiling acids, by attributes - Part 1: Sampling
neutral liquids and/or their schemes indexed by Acceptance
vapours. quality limits (AQL) for lot-by-lot
inspection.
5. EN ISO 28706-4:2011
Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
Determination of resistance to
chemical corrosion – Part 4:
Determination of resistance to
chemical corrosion by alkaline
liquids using a cylindrical vessel.
6. EN ISO 28706-3:2011
Vitreous and porcelain enamels –
Determination of resistance to
chemical corrosion – Part 3:
Determination of resistance to
chemical corrosion by alkaline
liquids using a hexagonal vessel.
7. ISO 4532:1991
Determination of the resistance of
enamelled articles to impact: Pistol
test.
8. EN 10209:2013
Annex C: Cold-rolled low carbon
steel flat products for vitreous
enamelling – Technical delivery
conditions.

PERMASTORE® and TRIFUSION® are Registered Trade Names


of Permastore Limited of the United Kingdom.
 Copyright PERMASTORE Limited 2014

Doc Ref: P106 Rev 13 01/10/14 Page 4 of 4


. .. . . . . . . . . . .
...
. .. .
. .. .
. .. .
.

worldwide
containment
solutions
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . The Company . .. .
. .. . . .. .

The Solution
Permastore is the market leader in the What is Glass-Fused-to-Steel?
manufacture and supply of Glass-Fused-to-Steel
Glass-Fused-to-Steel is a unique tank finish. Two materials
Tanks and Silos. Since 1959 the Company has been
are fused together to achieve the best of both materials –
providing durable and cost effectively engineered
the strength and flexibility of steel combined with the
containment solutions in Municipal, Industrial and corrosion resistance of glass. Applied to both interior and
Agricultural environments worldwide. Permastore exterior surfaces, Glass-Fused-to-Steel is able to provide
exports to over 110 countries and in excess of many years of trouble free service in harsh environments.
300,000 structures have been installed worldwide,
each with the ability to withstand local • High performance and hard wearing
environmental extremes, from the cold of the • As strong and flexible as steel
arctic to the heat of the desert. Permastore offers • Inert silica glass
a complete range of diameter and height options
• Colour fast / UV stable
with storage capacity solutions exceeding
50,000m3 (13,200,000 US Gallons).
Features and Benefits of Glass-Fused-to-Steel
• ISO 9001:2008 – Accreditation of quality
standards to guarantee Customer satisfaction.
ENAMEL
• International Standards – Permastore’s quality
systems ensure that products meet or exceed the
requirements of AWWA D103-09, EEA 7.20 and
STEEL
EN ISO 28765:2011 amongst others.
PERMASTORE® structures are engineered with a
predicted minimum 30 year design life in
accordance with the requirements of
ISO 15686-1:2011, ISO 15686-2:2012 and
ISO 15686-3:2002 which provide the framework
for determining and planning a service life of up
to 50 years.
• International Bodies – Permastore Quality
Standards are verified by MPA NRW. Certified to
BENEFIT TO THE
NSF/ANSI 61. Approved by the UK Secretary of FEATURE
CUSTOMER
State under Regulation 31 for drinking water and
listed by DWI (Drinking Water Inspectorate) in its Modular Design Site fabrication is not required
List of Approved Products. simplifying build
• In-house Engineering Design and Contract
Factory applied coating Consistent quality not
Management – This provides reassurance that
dependent on site conditions
all structures arrive on schedule and are fit for
purpose. Strong adhesion Strength of steel with
• Production – All controlled at one manufacturing corrosion resistance of glass
site, thereby simplifying the supply chain and
providing a seamless service to meet Customers’ Abrasion & UV Ensuring long term aesthetics
requirements. resistance and reduced maintenance
costs
• Technical Support – An experienced team that
interacts with our Customer base to ensure Lifetime coating, Reduced operational costs
Customer demand is met. re-application not and downtime, improving the
• Modern Manufacturing Facility – A state of the required return on capital investment
art factory dedicated solely to the production of
Corrosion allowance not Reduced capital expenditure
Glass-Fused-to-Steel product.
required
• Advanced Glass-Fused-to-Steel Technology
– This provides the ultimate in corrosion Potable water compliant Versatility at no extra cost
resistance for the life of the structure.
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
... . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .

The Quality Installation


Is independently Certified and meets or exceeds The modular tank system
International Quality Standards allows very rapid
installation when compared
A philosophy enshrined in Permastore’s procedures, which
to traditional concrete or
exceed the requirements of International Enamelling
welded tank construction.
Standards. All industrial grade finishes are subject to 100%
The structures supplied and
inspection and electrical testing of the contact surface. Any
installed by Permastore’s
panel having a discontinuity is rejected. Permastore has
Distributors are constructed
earned this reputation by dedication to the highest quality
in accordance with detailed
and commitment to ZERO DISCONTINUITY (defect free at
construction guides by
test voltage) glass fusion.
trained crews to give rapid
and high quality
MPA NRW – Fully independent completion on-site.
auditing of Permastore Quality
Standards and product testing Tanks and silos are each supplied as a complete kit of
since 1986. components ready for assembly. The kit design includes
features to ensure that the build can take place in the
optimum time and be “right first time”.
NSF /ANSI 61 – Certification for Tanks are usually designed to be mounted on prepared
product quality and suitability for concrete foundations. However PERMASTORE® structures
potable water storage. can include Glass-Fused-to-Steel floors or cones where
required.

ISO 9001:2008 – Accreditation of This modular bolted system gives the flexibility of
Quality Management Systems construction techniques to suit local conditions. For
since 1996 to guarantee consistent example, tanks and silos can be built with a jacking system
customer satisfaction. which allows the build work to be carried out at ground
level, giving build time benefits and crew safety benefits.
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . The Market Sectors . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Municipal
Potable Water Sewage Treatment

PERMASTORE® tanks are globally accepted for potable


water applications.

The Company’s Glass-Fused-to-Steel tank system has


NSF/ANSI 61 certification and is approved by the UK
Glass-Fused-to-Steel tanks have a very high resistance to
Secretary of State under Regulation 31 for drinking water
chemical corrosion and have excellent abrasion resistance
and listed by DWI (Drinking Water Inspectorate) in its List of
properties, making them a suitable consideration in your
Approved Products.
sewage treatment application. PERMASTORE® tanks have
The hard, inert and hygienic surface of the Glass-Fused-to- been successfully used for an extensive range of sewage
Steel finish makes it simple to clean and disinfect water treatment applications. Just some of the uses include:
tanks.
• Clarifiers
A large range of water treatment processes can be • Aeration
accommodated within PERMASTORE® tanks, including • Membrane batch reactors (MBR)
borehole water, seawater desalination tanks, reverse
• Sequential batch reactors (SBR)
osmosis (RO), permeate tanks, settling tanks, filtration
tanks, disinfection tanks, coagulation/flocculation tanks, • Thickener tanks
aeration tanks, activated sludge tanks, filter tanks, • Sludge holding
sedimentation tanks, chlorine contact tanks and dosing • Sludge mixing
tanks, amongst others.
• Sludge treatment
The bolted tank and silo system allows structural designs to • Equalisation tanks
be used in various configurations including water storage • Trickling/filter media tanks
reservoirs, water standpipes, and elevated water
• Settlement
distribution tanks.
• Grey water
Designs can accommodate secure tank storage for local
• Storm water
environmental conditions, such as high wind speeds, snow
or seismic loads. Permastore offers a complete range of • Sludge cake silos
diameter and height options with storage capacity solutions
exceeding 50,000 m3 (13,200,000 US Gallons).
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
... . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Industrial
Industrial Effluent Process Water
There can be a high degree of variability in the effluent Process water tanks take advantage
from industrial sources. This can place a challenge on the of the inert properties of the Glass-
process designer to select suitable storage and process Fused-to-Steel finish and the fact
tanks to withstand a range of aggressive liquids. that it does not require recoating,
giving users the re-assurance they
The PERMASTORE® Glass-Fused-to-Steel solution provides
require for these critical applications.
a high degree of protection for the tank for a large range of
industrial processes from food waste to tannery effluent and With existing certification for potable water storage to
leachate amongst others. NSF/ANSI 61 and approval by the UK Secretary of State
under Regulation 31 for drinking water and listed by DWI
The advantages of the high corrosion resistance of Glass-
(Drinking Water Inspectorate) in its List of Approved
Fused-to-Steel together with the modular nature of the tank
Products, PERMASTORE® tanks are proven to be ideal for
build give customers significant benefits in containment
process water applications.
security, project build times and life-time costs.
For example, these can include food and beverage water
requirements, or alternative water applications such as fish
farms, or demineralised water storage for industry such as
power plants.

Bulk Solid Storage


PERMASTORE® silos with the hard, inert finish offered by
Glass-Fused-to-Steel have exceptional resistance to abrasion
and present a hygienic, low friction surface to the stored
product. Some of the bulk storage applications include:

• Food production
• Coal
• Carbon black
• Fishmeal
• Limestone
• Powders
• Plastics
• Road salt
• Soya meal
• Grains or other whole or milled food stuffs

The designs of the silos are tailored to suit specific material


properties and allow for a range of loading (filling) and
unloading (discharge) systems. They also can incorporate
roofs, cones and connections for pipework or sensors.
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . The Market Sectors . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Biogas/Anaerobic Digestion
Permastore’s history of anaerobic digestion (AD) tanks The combination of Permastore’s inert Glass-Fused-to-Steel
exceeds 40 years, and the Company’s experience has finishes, combined with the strength of steel and the
expanded considerably over the decades. Glass-Fused-to- flexibility of modular construction give significant benefits
Steel tanks are utilised for mesophilic digesters, over other types of digester structures. These include:
thermophilic digesters, pasteurising digesters and
enhanced enzymic hydrolysis (EEH) digesters amongst FEATURE BENEFIT
various other processes and applications. Long life span Reduced replacement costs
and improved return on
In the industrial sector using anaerobic digestion to create investment
biogas is increasingly recognised as a valuable method to
Modular bolted tank Rapid and cost effective site
utilise waste streams to create renewable energy. construction installation – Reducing project
timescales, costs and
Almost any organic waste can be digested, opportunities requirement for on-site
have developed to utilise food processing waste, domestic equipment
waste and restaurant waste. Increasingly combinations of
Flexibility to remodel and Tanks can be extended,
waste streams are being processed along with co-digestion relocate dismantled and resited giving
of municipal sludge effluent and farm waste such as animal long-term asset value
slurry to generate “green” renewable energy.
Optimum corrosion resistance Safe and secure storage with
Biogas produced can be cleaned and introduced directly of Glass-Fused-to-Steel minimal maintenance costs
into the grid, or converted into electricity in combined heat Complete range of diameter Most cost effective solution to
and power engines (CHP). This also gives the opportunity and height options with meet customers’ needs
to generate heat energy in the form of hot water. storage capacity solutions
exceeding 50,000m3
At the end of the process the digested material can be (13,200,000 US Gallons)
considered for use as fertilizer, which increases the potential
revenue streams.

Modular design allows the flexibility to accommodate


various aspect ratios, process pressures and temperatures
to suit a variety of AD processes, designs and applications
as specified by your process designer.

Glass-Fused-to-Steel is not only utilised for the tank walls


but also in the roofs on tanks such as digesters. This gives
the high degree of protection of Glass-Fused-to-Steel
throughout a digester, especially in the highly aggressive
gaseous zone.

These roofs are structurally designed to allow for local


environmental loading and can also support centrally
mounted mixer systems.

Additionally, Glass-Fused-to-Steel tanks can also be used


for biogas storage by incorporation of
double membrane covers.
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
... . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Agricultural
Slurry Silos
Farm pollution control has become important and effective With a history dating back to 1948, PERMASTORE® Glass-
and secure slurry storage is a critical part of the solution. Fused-to-Steel silos provide clean and efficient storage of
grains and forage. The secure sealed system of storage with
Local environmental agencies around the world are using
capacities from 250 to 1400 metric tonnes (275 to 1540 US
legislation and support schemes to encourage farmers to
tons), gives significant benefits to livestock producers:
upgrade their slurry management systems. This includes
drivers such as the European Commission Nitrates Directive • High quality feed grain
and the US Natural Resources Conservation Service • Maximised nutrient value of the feed with lower
Environmental Quality Incentives Programme (EQIP). moisture loss

To safeguard the environment, slurry is required to be • Natural conservation without use of chemicals
stored at certain times of the year. This is where the high • No drying costs
level of security of the PERMASTORE® Glass-Fused-to-Steel • Exclusion of vermin and birds
tank system is particularly suited. Permastore have been • Natural suppression of diseases and weeds by the dark,
successfully supplying slurry tanks since the late 1960’s, oxygen limiting environment
demonstrating the durability and longevity of the product in • Suitability for organically grown produce
this harsh environment.
• Traceability of inputs for accreditation schemes
Complete range of diameter and height options are • Permits earlier harvesting to eliminate drying costs
available with storage capacity solutions exceeding • Harvesting flexibility and buffer storage for existing
50,000 m3 (13,200,000 US Gallons). grain storage systems
• Greater palatability
for livestock
• High digestibility for
livestock
• High animal growth
rates and feed
conversion efficiency

The ECOFUSION® agricultural grade


finish is subject to Permastore’s
stringent manufacturing, inspection
and testing regimes in accordance
with BS and EN ISO standards.

ECOFUSION® is used for:


• Livestock effluent tanks
• Moist grain silos
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . The Market Sectors . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Mining
The mining industry requires treatment tanks which must The bolted nature of the tanks allow them to be built very
resist the highly abrasive nature of the contents and the quickly when compared to welded structures. It also allows
corrosive environment of mining processes. the existing tanks to be unbolted and moved on to new
locations when required, significantly increasing asset value.
PERMASTORE® Glass-Fused-to-Steel tanks are ideal for this
application. PERMASTORE® tanks are suited to tough Both process and effluent treatment can be carried out in
environments where dependability is a vital characteristic. PERMASTORE® tanks in most applications which can
They can withstand the extremes of the environment in include mines for gold, silver, coal, copper, diamonds, iron
these remote locations, and the modular design principle of ore, cobalt, nickel, platinum, potash, rare earth metals,
the tank kits offers ease of transport and assembly at site. uranium, zinc and many other minerals.

Biofuels
The biofuel industry is growing around the world as an from sugar and starch crops such as sugar cane to
environmentally acceptable renewable energy source vegetable oils or animal fats. Also storage is required for
generated from biomass. Biofuel use can reduce emissions the finished product as well as for feed water and fire water
of green house gases, lower the demand for fossil fuels and tanks on-site. BIOTANQ® modular tanks and silos can be
is often supported by government subsidies. utilised in these areas giving significant benefits over
traditional welded structures.
The main biofuels are, bio-ethanol or alcohol made from
fermentation and bio-diesel produced by transesterifi- International Standards – For biofuels storage, Biotanq’s
cation. They are both derived from organic biomass. The quality systems provide a credible alternative to the API 650
plants manufacturing these biofuels therefore have standard for welded tanks and to the 12B specification for
requirements for tanks and silos for the input ingredients, bolted tanks.

Benefits For The End User:


The BIOTANQ® Glass-Fused-to-Steel finish combined with
its modular design and build concept, offers an array of
benefits to contractors and end users.

• Long Life
• Low Capital Cost
• Low Maintenance Costs
• Rapid more economical Site Installation Times when
compared to welded structures
• Economic Worldwide Shipments
• Flexible to Remodel, Extend, Dismantle and Resite
• Optimum Corrosion Resistance
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
... . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . Roofs, Covers and Ancillaries . .. .
. .. . . .. .

Comprehensive Roof and Comprehensive Ancillary Range and other


Cover Range available options

PVC Cover
Glass-Fused-to-Steel Floors

Ladders & Platforms

Dome Roof

Cones
Connections

Trough Deck Roof

Manways

Viewports

Double Membrane Cover

Launders

Level Indicators

Glass-Fused-to-Steel Roof Walkways


. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . Industrial Glass Grades . .. .
. .. . . .. .

ISOFUSION® V700 is the primary industrial contact surface HV ISOFUSION® is the premium grade of the ISOFUSION®
finish generally used for bulk solids, storm water, filter tanks range. Combining the commercial benefits of ISOFUSION®
and sludge storage. An established low cost solution glass and the established confidence associated with high
delivering security and protection through Permastore’s voltage testing. Delivering a high grade zero discontinuity
100% inspection, high voltage zero discontinuity coating coating for optimum protection in specific areas of
specification which is defect free at test voltage. application which is defect free at test voltage.

• Application: pH 3-9 • Application: pH 3-10


• Type: 2 coat, 1 fire • Type: 2 coat, 1 fire
• Thickness: 200-360 microns • Thickness: 200-360 microns
• Test Regime: Zero discontinuities at 700V • Test Regime: Zero discontinuities at 900V
• Exceeds quality requirements of EEA 7.20 • Exceeds quality requirements of EEA 7.20
• Meets or exceeds the glass coating requirements of • Meets or exceeds the glass coating requirements of
AWWA D103-09 – Section 12.4 AWWA D103-09 – Section 12.4
• Meets or exceeds quality requirements of • Meets or exceeds quality requirements of
EN ISO 28765:2011* EN ISO 28765:2011*

TRIFUSION® has rightfully become the standard by which TRIFUSION® PLUS finish takes Permastore’s acclaimed
all other finishes are assessed. This proven high quality TRIFUSION® standard to an even higher level, for use in
contact surface finish sets the benchmark for use in the the most extreme of environments. Aggressive chemical
more demanding areas of industrial effluent treatment and and high temperature processes can be considered with
sludge digestion. An additional protective layer, together this high quality contact surface finish, offering zero
with the zero discontinuity finish tested at an exacting 1100 discontinuity when tested to 1500 Volts.
Volts, provides exceptional security and continuous
• Application: pH 1-14
protection.
• Type: 3 coat, 2 fire
• Application: pH 2-11
• Thickness: 340-500 microns
• Type: 3 coat, 2 fire
• Test Regime: Zero discontinuities at 1500V
• Thickness: 280-460 microns
• Exceeds quality requirements of EEA 7.20
• Test Regime: Zero discontinuities at 1100V
• Meets or exceeds the glass coating requirements of
• Exceeds quality requirements of EEA 7.20 AWWA D103-09 – Section 12.4
• Meets or exceeds the glass coating requirements of • Meets or exceeds quality requirements of
AWWA D103-09 – Section 12.4 EN ISO 28765:2011*
• Meets or exceeds quality requirements of
EN ISO 28765:2011*

* Note: EN ISO 28765:2011 Vitreous and porcelain enamels – Design of bolted steel tanks for the storage or treatment of water or municipal or
industrial effluents and sludges, covers both the glass coating requirement and the tank structure design and as such is the first dedicated international
standard specifically created for the Glass-Fused-to-Steel product applicable for water and wastewater applications.
A Zero Discontinuity policy applies to ISOFUSION® V700,
HV ISOFUSION®, TRIFUSION® and TRIFUSION® PLUS for the tests shown.
All applications are subject to concentration and temperature considerations. All specifications relate to the contact surfaces only.

A detailed specification is available on request.


... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
... . .. .
. .. . . .. .
. .. . Application Guide . .. .
. .. . . .. .

ISOFUSION® HV TRIFUSION®
APPLICATION TRIFUSION® INTERNAL COLOURS
V700 ISOFUSION® PLUS
Edible / Vegetable Oils 3
Dry Bulk Solids 3
Farm Digesters (Liquid Zone) 3
Storm / Fire Water 3
3
20 - C - 40
Potable Water (NSF / ANSI 61) (RAL 5013)

Filter Tanks 3
Municipal Sludge Storage (Open Topped) 3
Municipal Sludge Treatment (Open Topped) 3
Municipal Mesophilic Digester (Liquid Zone) 3
Drinking Water (DWI, Reg 31 Approved) 3
Municipal Backwash Effluent 3 20 - C - 40
(RAL 5013)
Municipal Sludge Cake Storage 3
Farm Digesters
(Roof & Rings Exposed to Gaseous Zone) 3
Municipal Sludge Storage (Tanks with Roof) 3
Municipal Sludge Treatment (Tanks with Roof) 3
Industrial Effluent and/or Aeration Process 3 14 - C - 40
Food Process Washings 3 (RAL 7009)

Liquid Leachates 3
Municipal Mesophilic Digester
(Roof & Rings Exposed to Gaseous Zone) 3
Thermophilic Digester (Liquid Zone) 3
Thermophilic Digester
(Roof & Rings Exposed to Gaseous Zone) 3 14 - C - 40
High Temperature Applications 3 (RAL 7009)

Aggressive / Chemical Industrial Effluent 3


Standard External Colours

20 - C - 40 12 - B - 29
(RAL 5013) (RAL 6006)

Optional External Colours

MUNSELL 00 - A - 05 14 - C - 39
7.5YR 7/4 (RAL 7004) (RAL 6028)

Further external colours are available on request. All colour


identification numbers are the closest visual match only. All
panel exteriors are Glass-Fused-to-Steel environmental
specification. Optional colours at additional cost.
Permastore Limited
Eye, Suffolk, IP23 7HS, England
T: +44 1379 870723
F: +44 1379 870530
E: sales@permastore.com
W: www.permastore.com

Only products bearing the NSF mark are Certified.

PERMASTORE®, TRIFUSION®, ISOFUSION®, ECOFUSION® and BIOTANQ® are Registered Trade Names of
Permastore Limited of the United Kingdom.

Because Permastore Limited is constantly improving products, it reserves the right to change design
and/or specification without notice. This brochure reflects the general presentation of product only
and any application is subject to limitations of data made available at time of purchase.

©Copyright 2014 Permastore Limited

Distributor:
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

• EMPTY STORAGE TANK:

o The unit should be installed in a shaded or protected area and not be installed directly in the
sun.

o Install a 1/4" thk Neoprene pad under tank or (2) two layers of 30# roofing felt.

o Water should not be permitted to enter the gas outlet connection. A rain cap or other suitable
prevention mechanism should be used.

o A good way to install this unit outdoors would be to install it under a roof, with the exhaust
duct run through the roof, with a rain cap installed.

o Cables and anchor bolt to hold down tank are not supplied by Severn Trent. Please consult
detailed tank installation instructions.

o Consult detailed tank installation instructions, starting on page 5, for further information

Page 2 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

• VAPOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM / DRY SCRUBBING MEDIA

o Verify the gas diffuser pipe is installed in bottom of tank by opening the plug on lower 3” bulk
head fitting. The diffuser should be oriented with the holes pointing down, and to the sides. If not
properly installed, proceed to make corrections. If properly installed, reinstall plug, and proceed
to install the support gravel.

o The media support gravel should not be


dropped from the manway, it should be
carefully lowered to the bottom of the tank,
and be evenly distributed to cover the vapor
distribution pipe. It may be beneficial to install
the gravel with a chute, perhaps made of
cardboard, or a bucket. The gravel should be
approximately 10” deep, level, and totally
cover the gas diffuser pipe.

o Installing the PA scrubbing media should


be done with care, and the necessary
safety measures should be taken. Irritating
dust will be present. Safety goggles, dust
mask, and other protective covering, such
as a disposable jump suit are
recommended to be worn when handling
the media. For further information consult
the MSDS sheet for other handling
instructions. It may be useful to run a shop-
vac to the gas outlet of the tank in an
attempt to control the dust. The type ‘PA’
scrubbing media should be raked level to no more than 12” from the top of the manway. Do not
overfill the tank with media.

Page 3 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

• PASSIVE DRY SCRUBBER INSTALLATION SCHEMATIC

• PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

The passive dry scrubber system has been designed to handle releases from the customer
supplied PRV mounted on top of a tank containing 19 percent (by weight) aqueous ammonia.
The valve has an orifice diameter of 0.34” and a 4 psig set-point.

Based upon the above, and a release occurring at 70° F, the vapor rate will be a nominal 100
lbs/hour, and will contain 0.25 lbs/minute of NH3. The media bed is capable of treating a total of
100 lbs of Ammonia vapors. Assuming that there will be 1 release event per day, and that each
release event will last for 1 minute, the passive dry scrubber will be able to operate for 400 days.

This system has the ability to treat approximately 10 percent of the 40,000 gallon tank volume,
while exhausting from 4 psig to 2 psig, while having a 50° F increase in temperature from 70° F to
120° F in the media bed. During this event the scrubber will absorb approximately 7 lbs NH3.
The total media bed capacity is 100 lbs NH3. The 40,000 gallon storage tank of 19 percent NH3
(aq) can hold a maximum of 68 lbs NH3 in the vapor phase at 70° F. The relief time from 4 psig
to 2 psig should take less than 4 minutes thru the 0.34” diameter relief valve orifice.

Note: The VEGA could cause an undue back pressure on the relief line should the temperature
rise exceed 50° F or temperature go above 120° F for an extended period of time, therefore it is
recommended that a 1 psi relief be used in the vent line connecting the 40,000 gallon tank and
the VEGA.

Note: A pH test could be performed to test if the PA media is exhausted.

Page 4 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

1. SAFETY CHECKLIST

1.1. Do not rigidly pipe tanks. Refer to section 5.3.2 for additional information.

1.2. All tanks must be properly vented. These tanks are not pressure vessels and must be vented to
atmosphere. Venting equipment should be sized to limit pressure or vacuum in the tank to a
maximum of 1/2" of water.

1.3. WARNING: It is the installer's responsibility to follow all appropriate NFPA, OSHA, and
governmental safety precautions. The following information has been provided as guidelines for
tank use and installation. It does not address safety issues which may be present at specific tank
installation sites. Use appropriate safety practices when handling any tank and/or using heavy
equipment.

1.4. Prevent excessive heat near or inside the tank. Install out of direct sunlight. The maximum
recommended service temperature is 120° F.

1.5. Consider tank entry as a confined space entry. Follow proper entry procedures.

1.6. Do not stand or work on top of a tank. Remember - Safety First!

1.7. Read all warning labels on the tank prior to use and installation.

1.8. Record all warranty information as per section 2 while all information is available at time of tank
receipt. Please refer to section 10 for warranty and policy statements.

2. RECEIVING AND INSPECTING YOUR TANK

2.1. Upon arrival at the destination, the purchaser and/or his agent shall be responsible for inspection
for damage in transit. If damage has occurred or parts are missing, the purchaser should
document this on the bill of lading, file a claim with the carrier, and notify the manufacturer prior
to putting the tank into service.

2.2. Do not drop a tank off a truck onto the ground. Please see section 4 for proper unloading
instructions.

Page 5 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

3. TANK LOADING, UNLOADING, AND POSITIONING

3.1. Tanks should only be moved when empty. They should be hand carried, moved with a handling
cart, or moved with a forklift with protected or rounded fork extensions (to prevent sharp forks
from damaging tanks and to provide adequate support for the tank as it is being moved). Under
no circumstances move a tank loaded with media.

3.2. Tanks should be loaded and unloaded from a horizontal or vertical position in the truck with a
minimal amount of sliding. The tank shall be hand carried, moved with a handling cart, or moved
with a forklift with protected or rounded fork extensions to minimize sliding.

3.3. Tanks should be loaded or unloaded from a dock of proper height or with a forklift with protected
or rounded fork extensions. NEVER drop a tank off of a truck onto the ground since this
may damage the tank and void the warranty.

4. PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES

4.1. TANK OPERATING CRITERIA

4.1.1. TEMPERATURE - All standard tanks are designed for a maximum continuous service
temperature of 100° F. Service temperatures greater than 100° F reduce the strength of the
tank. If exposed to a high temperature for an extended time, inspect tank for damage.

4.1.2. PRESSURE - All standard SII tanks are designed for use at atmospheric pressure.
Pressure or vacuum situations can cause excessive deformation or damage to the
tanks and void warranty.

4.1.3. LOCATION REQUIREMENTS - There may be location requirements which should be


considered prior to placing the tank into service. Some items to consider are: secondary
containment; locating the tank in a flood plain; locating the tank so it is easy to install and
access for service; locating a tank in an area where seismic or wind forces may be
experienced; and heat from surrounding equipment. It is the responsibility of the end user to
ensure that all location requirements have been taken into consideration. Check for all
federal, state, and local regulations that may apply to the tank installation. A thorough
evaluation of the proposed tank location prior to tank installation is recommended.

4.1.4. TANK ENTRY PRECAUTIONS - If entry into the tank is necessary, be sure to take all
necessary precautions and follow all applicable regulations. Entry into a tank should be
considered a "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY with appropriate OSHA safety precautions
required. There are many safety practices which should be considered depending on the

Page 6 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

specific conditions at the site. Please follow all local, state, and Federal rules and
regulations.

4.2. FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS

4.2.1. Vertical flat bottom tanks should be positioned on a concrete pad providing adequate
support and a method to attach a tank restraint system (see Section 5 for restraint system
pad placement criteria). The pad should be clean, smooth, and level so it fully supports the
entire tank bottom with no deflection. The construction site engineer must design an
appropriate concrete pad based on the specific application. It is recommended to install a
1/4" thk Neoprene Pad, or two layers of 30 lb roofing felt under the tank.

4.3. TANK FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS

4.3.1. Most tank fittings are typically left installed in the tank. Some fittings are not installed due
to damage potential or customer request. Customer job site fitting installation insures proper
gasket compression and minimizes fitting damage potential. Some distributors sell or install
their own tank fittings or accessories. These fittings or accessories are not warranted.

4.3.2. All tank connections must have adequate provisions for tank expansion/contraction due
to temperature and load changes. See Figure below.

Page 7 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

4.3.3. These provisions should allow 4 percent dimensional movement. Rigid piping must not
be directly connected to tank outlets. STWP strongly recommends using expansion joints or
other provisions for all tank connections. Please see the hose connection example in Figure
5.4. The use of rigid piping or the failure to provide for the expansion of the tank will
void all warranties.

Page 8 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

4.4. TESTING AND FINAL INSPECTION

4.4.1. After all fittings are installed and all connections to the tank have been made, fill the tank
with water and hold for at least 5 hours to identify any leaks. A record of the water pre-
test must be submitted to STWP to validate the tank warranty.

Page 9 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

5. WlND/SElSMlC TANK RESTRAINT SYSTEM (FLAT BOTTOM TANKS)

5.1. The wind/seismic tank restraint system is designed for tank restraint on an appropriate concrete
pad under 110 MPH wind or seismic zone 4 conditions. Using the assembly drawing and table
sent with the assembly, verify that all parts are present. Please see Figure 8.2 for a restraint
system installation and assembly information.

5.2. Locate the tank, on the rubber pad, on the concrete pad as desired. Lay out all anchors required
(4 or 8) equally spaced, (4 anchors must be directly below the tank tie down locations). Make
sure all anchors are located next to the tank with the front face of the anchor weldment located
next to the tank. Mark all the anchor bolt locations, remove the anchors and install the required
Hilti adhesive model HVA anchor bolts as specified in the assembly drawing and table sent with
the assembly. These anchor bolts are not provided by the manufacturer and must be purchased
by the customer. Customer must follow all Hilti anchor bolt installation instructions.

5.3. Replace the anchors and secure the anchors to the concrete. Fasten the tank to the concrete
pad with the required cable (make sure the cable sheath is on the cable and located around the
lug locations) as shown by the assembly drawing utilizing the cable thimbles and clamps
provided. Tension the cable before filling the tank to remove cable looseness. Do not over-
tension the cables as this may cause tank damage. The cable tension will change with tank
loading and temperature changes - DO NOT re-tension the cables.

Page 10 of 10
Passive Dry Scrubber
Model: VEGA–PA
Vent Exhaust Gas Arrestor – Phosphoric Acid Media
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Instructions

6. TANK MAINTENANCE

6.1. TANK INSPECTION

6.1.1. Simple periodic inspections of the tank installation can prevent problems and chemical
loss from occurring. Inspection intervals should be consistent with site usage (the more
release events/loading cycles, the more frequent the inspections). The checking procedure
should be as follows:

6.1.2. Inspect the tank for physical damage such as cuts, impacts, cracks, swelling, softening of
tank walls, and stress cracks (caused by long term exposure to environmental conditions
and stress). NOTE: A tank inspection guide is located in the appendix.

6.1.3. Inspect the fittings for broken parts, cracks, wear marks, or other signs of potential leaks.

6.1.4. Inspect gaskets for deterioration. Look for discoloration, bulges, checking or crazing. All
of these symptoms could indicate potential failure.

6.1.5. Inspect any valves and/or pumps that may be connected to the tank. Also inspect the
hoses and connections for any signs of wear.

Page 11 of 10
Feasibility Study for Replacing Existing Aqueous Ammonia Tanks at RC Harris Water Treatment Plant
Technical Memorandum – Final

APPENDIX B

COST ESTIMATE OF
RECOMMENDED OPTION

WSP Canada Inc. 9-8


CITY OF TORONTO
R.C. HARRIS WTP - REPLACEMNT AQUEOUS AMMONIA TANKS
PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION COST ESTIMATE
(FEASIBILITY STUDY REPORT)

No. Work or Item Description Units Unit Unit Cost Install. Total Installed Category
Qty $ Factor Cost, $ Subtotal

1 MECHANICAL & PROCESS WORK & EQUIPMENT 297,500

SS Tank (supplied and fabricated at site) * EA 2 65,000 1.00 130,000


Scrubber (in Vent Duct) * LS 1 30,000 1.00 30,000
Wet Scrubber Additional Services (pump, pipes, valves, electrical, I&C, etc.) LS 1 22,000 1.00 22,000
Modification to Tank Access Structure LS 1 7,500 1.00 7,500
Modifications to Pipes and Valves LS 1 7,500 1.00 7,500
Emergency Scrubber (including concrete work and ducting) EA 1 35,000 1.30 45,500
Electrical and Control (Instrument re-commissioning, emergency scrubber) LS 1 35,000 1.00 35,000
Programming and Updating PCN LS 1 10,000 1.00 10,000
Misc.: Restoration, cleaning up, removals, etc. LS 1 10,000 1.00 10,000

2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 36,000


Mobilization/Demobilization L.S. 1 5,000 1.00 5,000
Bonding/Insurance L.S. 1 15,000 1.00 15,000
Trailers/Temp Facilities (assumed for 2 mon. duration) mo 2 1,600 1.00 3,200
Project Superintendant (assumed for 2 mon. duration) wk 8 1,600 1.00 12,800

Sub-Total 333,500
Engineering (20%) 66,700
Sub Total 400,200
General Contractor Overhead & Profit and Markups (10%) 40,020
Sub-Total Construction Cost 440,220
Contingency (10%) 44,022
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST(Excluding HST) 484,242

Notes: *- Represents rounded up numbers


Accuacy is -20% to +30%

Page 1 of 1

You might also like